TWI814247B - Colored curable resin composition - Google Patents

Colored curable resin composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI814247B
TWI814247B TW111105079A TW111105079A TWI814247B TW I814247 B TWI814247 B TW I814247B TW 111105079 A TW111105079 A TW 111105079A TW 111105079 A TW111105079 A TW 111105079A TW I814247 B TWI814247 B TW I814247B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
carbon atoms
hydrocarbon group
substituent
formula
Prior art date
Application number
TW111105079A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202221084A (en
Inventor
米亞 布朗伯 皮艾歐
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202221084A publication Critical patent/TW202221084A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI814247B publication Critical patent/TWI814247B/en

Links

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005—Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007—Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10—Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/24—Phthaleins containing amino groups ; Phthalanes; Fluoranes; Phthalides; Rhodamine dyes; Phthaleins having heterocyclic aryl rings; Lactone or lactame forms of triarylmethane dyes
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133509—Filters, e.g. light shielding masks
    • G02F1/133514—Colour filters
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0388—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable with ethylenic or acetylenic bands in the side chains of the photopolymer
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

本發明之課題在於獲得一種圖案形狀優異之彩色濾光片。 本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物含有著色劑、樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑，含有染料及顏料作為上述著色劑，並且上述聚合起始劑包含下述式(d1)所表示之化合物。 An object of the present invention is to obtain a color filter having an excellent pattern shape. The colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator, and contains a dye and a pigment as the colorant, and the polymerization initiator contains a compound represented by the following formula (d1) .

Description

著色硬化性樹脂組合物Colored curable resin composition

本發明係關於一種著色硬化性樹脂組合物。The present invention relates to a colored curable resin composition.

著色硬化性樹脂組合物可用於製造液晶顯示裝置、電致發光顯示裝置及電漿顯示器等顯示裝置中所使用之彩色濾光片。作為此種著色硬化性樹脂組合物，已知有含有N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫基苯基)辛烷-1-酮-2-亞胺作為起始劑之著色硬化性樹脂組合物(專利文獻1)。 又，作為光聚合性組合物中之高感度之光起始劑，提出有苯并咔唑化合物之肟酯衍生物(專利文獻2)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本專利特開2010-32999號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利特表2014-500852號公報 The colored curable resin composition can be used to manufacture color filters used in display devices such as liquid crystal display devices, electroluminescent display devices, and plasma displays. As such a colored curable resin composition, one containing N-benzyloxy-1-(4-phenylthiophenyl)octane-1-one-2-imine as a initiator is known. Colored curable resin composition (Patent Document 1). Furthermore, as a highly sensitive photoinitiator in a photopolymerizable composition, an oxime ester derivative of a benzocarbazole compound has been proposed (Patent Document 2). [Prior technical literature] [Patent Document] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-32999 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-500852

[發明所欲解決之問題] 本發明之課題在於獲得一種圖案形狀優異之彩色濾光片。 [解決問題之技術手段] 本發明包含以下發明。 [1]一種著色硬化性樹脂組合物，其含有著色劑、樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑， 含有染料及顏料作為上述著色劑，並且 上述聚合起始劑包含下述式(d1)所表示之化合物， [化1] [式(d1)中， R d1表示可具有取代基之碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、可具有取代基之碳數3～36之雜環基、可具有取代基之碳數1～15之烷基、或可具有取代基之碳數7～33之芳烷基，上述烷基或芳烷基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-N(R d5)-； R d2表示碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、碳數3～36之雜環基、或碳數1～10之烷基； R d3表示可具有取代基之碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數3～36之雜環基； R d4表示可具有取代基之碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數1～15之脂肪族烴基，上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-或-S-，上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之次甲基(-CH＜)可被取代為-PO 3＜，上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為OH基； R d5表示碳數1～10之烷基，該烷基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-或-CO-]。 [2]如[1]中所記載之著色硬化性樹脂組合物，其中上述染料包含選自由𠮿染料、三芳基甲烷染料、式(Ab2)所表示之化合物及香豆素染料所組成之群中之至少一種染料， [化2] [式(Ab2)中，R 41～R 44分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1～20之飽和烴基、可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基或可具有取代基之碳數7～30之芳烷基，於該碳數1～20之飽和烴基中，該飽和烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為經取代或未經取代之胺基或鹵素原子，於該飽和烴基之碳數為2～20之情形時，該飽和烴基中所含有之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-；R 41與R 42可鍵結而與其等所鍵結之氮原子一併形成環，R 43與R 44可鍵結而與其等所鍵結之氮原子一併形成環； R 47～R 54分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基、或碳數1～8之烷基，於該烷基之碳數為2～8之情形時，構成該烷基之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-，R 48與R 52可相互鍵結而形成-NH-、-S-或SO 2-； 環T 1表示可具有取代基之碳數3～10之芳香族雜環； [Y] m-表示任意之m價陰離子； m表示任意自然數]。 [3]如[1]或[2]中所記載之著色硬化性樹脂組合物，其含有酞菁顏料作為上述著色劑。 [4]如[1]至[3]中任一項所記載之著色硬化性樹脂組合物，其中顏料之含有率相對於固形物成分之總量為1質量%以上且50質量%以下。 [5]如[1]至[4]中任一項所記載之著色硬化性樹脂組合物，其中聚合起始劑與聚合性化合物之含量比(聚合起始劑/聚合性化合物)以質量基準計為4/1000以上且35/100以下。  [6]一種彩色濾光片，其係由如[1]至[5]中任一項所記載之著色硬化性樹脂組合物所形成。 [7]一種液晶顯示裝置，其包含如[6]中所記載之彩色濾光片。 [發明之效果] 根據本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物，可形成圖案形狀優異之彩色濾光片。 [Problems to be Solved by the Invention] An object of the present invention is to obtain a color filter having an excellent pattern shape. [Technical Means for Solving the Problems] The present invention includes the following inventions. [1] A colored curable resin composition containing a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator, containing a dye and a pigment as the colorant, and the polymerization initiator contains a compound represented by the following formula (d1) The compound represented, [Chemistry 1] [In formula (d1), R d1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 36 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number 1 to 15 which may have a substituent. an alkyl group, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 33 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, and the methylene group (-CH 2 -) contained in the alkyl group or aralkyl group may be substituted with -O-, -CO -, -S-, -SO 2 -or -N(R d5 )-; R d2 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group with 3 to 36 carbon atoms, or an alkane with 1 to 10 carbon atoms. group; R d3 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 18 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or a heterocyclic group with 3 to 36 carbon atoms that may have a substituent; R d4 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 18 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. An aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the methylene group (-CH 2 -) contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with -O-, -CO- or - S-, the methine group (-CH<) contained in the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group can be substituted with -PO 3 <, the hydrogen atom contained in the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group can be substituted with an OH group; R d5 represents the carbon number For an alkyl group of 1 to 10, the methylene group (-CH 2 -) contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -O- or -CO-]. [2] The colored curable resin composition as described in [1], wherein the dye is selected from the group consisting of: At least one dye from the group consisting of dyes, triarylmethane dyes, compounds represented by formula (Ab2) and coumarin dyes, [Chemical 2] [In formula (Ab2), R 41 to R 44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or a carbon number that may have a substituent. Aralkyl groups with 7 to 30 carbon atoms. In the saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the hydrogen atoms contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group can be substituted with substituted or unsubstituted amino groups or halogen atoms. In the saturated hydrocarbon group When the carbon number is 2 to 20, the methylene group contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group can be substituted with an oxygen atom or -CO-; R 41 and R 42 can be bonded to the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. And form a ring, R 43 and R 44 can be bonded to form a ring together with the nitrogen atoms they are bonded to; R 47 ~ R 54 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, or a carbon number of 1 ~8 alkyl group, when the carbon number of the alkyl group is 2-8, the methylene group constituting the alkyl group may be substituted with an oxygen atom or -CO-, and R 48 and R 52 may be bonded to each other. Form -NH-, -S- or SO 2 -; Ring T 1 represents an aromatic heterocyclic ring with 3 to 10 carbon atoms that may have a substituent; [Y] m- represents any m-valent anion; m represents any natural number ]. [3] The colored curable resin composition according to [1] or [2], which contains a phthalocyanine pigment as the colorant. [4] The colored curable resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the pigment content is 1 mass % or more and 50 mass % or less with respect to the total amount of solid components. [5] The colored curable resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the content ratio of the polymerization initiator to the polymerizable compound (polymerization initiator/polymerizable compound) is based on mass Counted as above 4/1000 and below 35/100. [6] A color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5]. [7] A liquid crystal display device including the color filter described in [6]. [Effects of the Invention] According to the colored curable resin composition of the present invention, a color filter with excellent pattern shape can be formed.

本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物含有著色劑(A)、樹脂(B)、聚合性化合物(C)及聚合起始劑(D)。 於本說明書中，作為各成分而例示之化合物只要未特別預先說明，則可單獨使用或將複數種組合而使用。 ＜著色劑(A)＞ 本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物含有染料及顏料作為著色劑(A)。 上述染料較佳為選自由𠮿染料(Aa)、三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)、式(Ab2)所表示之化合物及香豆素染料(Ac)所組成之群中之至少一種染料(以下有時稱為「染料(A1)」)，更佳為包含𠮿染料(Aa)。 於本說明書中，所謂染料，係指可溶於溶劑之色素。 𠮿染料(Aa)係包含於分子內具有𠮿骨架之化合物之染料。作為𠮿染料(Aa)，例如可列舉：C.I.酸性紅51(以下省略C.I.酸性紅之記載，而設為僅編號之記載。其他亦相同)、52、87、92、94、289、388等C.I.酸性紅染料；C.I.酸性紫9、30、102等C.I.酸性紫染料；C.I.鹼性紅1(羅丹明6G)、2、3、4、8、10(羅丹明B)、11等C.I.鹼性紅染料；C.I.鹼性紫10、11、25等C.I.鹼性紫染料；C.I.溶劑紅218等C.I.溶劑紅染料；C.I.媒染紅27等C.I.媒染紅染料；C.I.反應性紅36(孟加拉玫瑰紅B)等C.I.反應性紅染料；磺基羅丹明G；日本專利特開2010-32999號公報中所記載之𠮿染料；及日本專利第4492760號公報中所記載之𠮿染料等。作為𠮿染料(Aa)，較佳為溶解於有機溶劑者。 於該等中，作為𠮿染料(Aa)，較佳為包含式(1a)所表示之化合物(以下有時稱為「化合物(1a)」)之染料。化合物(1a)亦可為其互變異構物。於使用化合物(1a)之情形時，𠮿染料(Aa)中之化合物(1a)之含有率較佳為50質量%以上，更佳為70質量%以上，進而較佳為90質量%以上。尤佳為僅使用化合物(1a)作為𠮿染料(Aa)。 [化4] [式(1a)中，R 1～R 4相互獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數6～10之1價芳香族烴基，該飽和烴基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-或-N(R 11)-。R 1及R 2可成為一體而形成含有氮原子之環，R 3及R 4可成為一體而形成含有氮原子之環。 R 5表示-OH、-SO 3 -、-SO 3H、-SO 3 -Z +、-CO 2H、-CO 2 -Z +、-CO 2R 8、-SO 3R 8或-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10)。 R 6及R 7相互獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6之烷基。 m表示0～5之整數。於m為2以上時，複數個R 5可相同亦可不同。 a表示0或1之整數。 X表示鹵素原子。 Z +表示 +N(R 11) 4、Na +或K +，4個R 11可相同亦可不同。 R 8表示碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基，該飽和烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子。 R 9及R 10相互獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基之碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基，該飽和脂肪族烴基中所含有之-CH 2-可被取代為-O-、-CO-、-NH-或-N(R 8)-，R 9及R 10可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子之3～10員環之雜環。 R 11表示氫原子、碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基或碳數7～10之芳烷基] 於式(1a)中，於存在-SO 3 -之情形時，其數量為1個。 作為R 1～R 4中之碳數6～10之1價芳香族烴基，例如可列舉：苯基、甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基、基、丙基苯基及丁基苯基等。 作為該芳香族烴基可具有之取代基，可列舉：鹵素原子、-R 8、-OH、-OR 8、-SO 3 -、-SO 3H、-SO 3 -Z +、-CO 2H、-CO 2R 8、-SR 8、-SO 2R 8、-SO 3R 8或-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10)，較佳為該等取代基將芳香族烴基中所含有之氫原子取代。於該等中，作為取代基，較佳為-SO 3 -、-SO 3H、-SO 3 -Z +、-SO 3R 8及-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10)，更佳為-SO 3 -Z +及-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10)。作為該情形時之-SO 3 -Z +，較佳為-SO 3 - +N(R 11) 4。又，作為-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10)，較佳為-SO 2NHR 9。若R 1～R 4為該等基，則可由包含化合物(1a)之本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物形成異物之產生較少且耐熱性優異之彩色濾光片。 作為R 1～R 4及R 8～R 11中之碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基，例如可列舉：甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十六烷基、二十烷基等直鏈狀烷基；異丙基、異丁基、異戊基、新戊基、2-乙基己基等支鏈狀烷基；環丙基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基、三環癸基等碳數3～20之環狀烷基。 R 1～R 4中之該飽和烴基中所含有之氫原子例如可被取代為作為取代基之碳數6～10之芳香族烴基或鹵素原子。作為可取代R 1～R 4之飽和烴基之氫原子的碳數6～10之芳香族烴基，可列舉與作為R 1～R 4中之碳數6～10之芳香族烴基而例示之基相同之基。 R 9及R 10中之該飽和烴基中所含有之氫原子例如可被取代為作為取代基之羥基或鹵素原子。 作為R 1及R 2成為一體而形成之環、以及R 3及R 4成為一體而形成之環，例如可列舉以下者，更佳為不含有雙鍵者。 [化5] 作為-OR 8，例如可列舉：甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基及二十烷氧基等烷氧基等。 作為-CO 2R 8，例如可列舉：甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、己氧基羰基及二十烷氧基羰基等烷氧基羰基等。 作為-SR 8，例如可列舉：甲基硫基、乙基硫基、丁基硫基、己基硫基、癸基硫基及二十烷基硫基等烷基硫基等。 作為-SO 2R 8，例如可列舉：甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基、己基磺醯基、癸基磺醯基及二十烷基磺醯基等烷基磺醯基等。 作為-SO 3R 8，例如可列舉：甲氧基磺醯基、乙氧基磺醯基、丙氧基磺醯基、第三丁氧基磺醯基、己氧基磺醯基及二十烷氧基磺醯基等烷氧基磺醯基等。作為-SO 3R 8之R 8，較佳為碳數3～20之支鏈狀烷基，更佳為碳數6～12之支鏈狀烷基，進而較佳為2-乙基己基。可形成異物之產生較少之彩色濾光片。 作為-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10)，例如可列舉：胺磺醯基； N-甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-丙基胺磺醯基、N-異丙基胺磺醯基、N-丁基胺磺醯基、N-異丁基胺磺醯基、N-第二丁基胺磺醯基、N-第三丁基胺磺醯基、N-戊基胺磺醯基、N-(1-乙基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,1-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,2-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(2,2-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(1-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(3-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-環戊基胺磺醯基、N-己基胺磺醯基、N-(1,3-二甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(3,3-二甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-庚基胺磺醯基、N-(1-甲基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,4-二甲基戊基)胺磺醯基、N-辛基胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,5-二甲基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,1,2,2-四甲基丁基)胺磺醯基等N-1取代胺磺醯基； N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-乙基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-二乙基胺磺醯基、N,N-丙基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-異丙基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-第三丁基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-丁基乙基胺磺醯基、N,N-雙(1-甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-庚基甲基胺磺醯基等N,N-2取代胺磺醯基等。 於上述N-1取代胺磺醯基中，作為R 8，較佳為碳數3～20之支鏈狀烷基，更佳為碳數6～12之支鏈狀烷基，進而較佳為2-乙基己基。可形成異物之產生較少之彩色濾光片。 作為R 5，較佳為-CO 2H、-CO 2 -Z +、-CO 2R 8、-SO 3 -、-SO 3 -Z +、-SO 3H或-SO 2NHR 9，更佳為-SO 3 -、-SO 3 -Z +、-SO 3H或-SO 2NHR 9。 m較佳為1～4，更佳為1或2。 作為R 6及R 7中之碳數1～6之烷基，可列舉上述所列舉之烷基中之碳數1～6者。其中，作為R 6、R 7，較佳為氫原子。 作為R 11中之碳數7～10之芳烷基，可列舉：苄基、苯基乙基、苯基丁基等。 作為R 11，較佳為碳數1～20之飽和烴基或苄基。 Z +為 +N(R 11) 4、Na +或K +，較佳為 +N(R 11) 4。 作為上述 +N(R 11) 4，較佳為4個R 11中之至少2個為碳數5～20之1價飽和烴基。又，4個R 11之合計碳數較佳為20～80，更佳為20～60。於化合物(1a)中存在 +N(R 11) 4之情形時，若R 11為該等基，則可由包含化合物(1a)之本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物形成異物較少之彩色濾光片。 m較佳為1～4，更佳為1或2。 作為R 1～R 4之組合，較佳為R 1及R 3為氫原子且R 2及R 4為具有碳數6～10之1價取代基之芳香族烴基之組合。作為上述芳香族烴基之取代基，較佳為-SO 3 -、-SO 3H、-SO 3 -Z +、-SO 3R 8或-SO 2NHR 9，更佳為-SO 3 -Z +或-SO 2NHR 9。該等取代基視為將芳香族烴基中所含有之氫原子取代者。 作為R 1～R 4之組合，亦較佳為R 1～R 4均為1價飽和烴基之組合。於該情形時，作為該飽和烴基，較佳為甲基或乙基。 又，作為R 1～R 4之組合，亦較佳為R 1及R 3為可具有取代基之碳數1～10之飽和烴基且R 2及R 4為可具有取代基之苯基之組合。 於該情形時，R 1可與取代R 2之苯基之取代基形成環，R 3可與取代R 4之苯基之取代基形成環。 又，R 1及R 3之碳數相互獨立較佳為1～3。作為R 1、R 3之飽和烴基中所含有之氫原子之取代基，較佳為可經碳數1～3之烷氧基取代之碳數6～10之芳香族烴基、或鹵素原子。 又，作為R 2及R 4之苯基可具有之取代基，較佳為碳數1～4之烷基、碳數1～4之烷基硫基或碳數1～4之烷基磺醯基，更佳為碳數1～4之烷基，進而較佳為甲基。取代R 2及R 4之苯基之取代基之個數為0～5，較佳為0～2，更佳為0或1。 作為可取代上述R 2及R 4之苯基之碳數1～4之烷基，可列舉：甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等。 又，作為可取代上述R 2及R 4之苯基之碳數1～4之烷基硫基，可列舉：甲基硫基、乙基硫基、丙基硫基、丁基硫基及異丙基硫基等。 進而，作為可取代上述R 2及R 4之苯基之碳數1～4之烷基磺醯基，可列舉：甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基及異丙基磺醯基等。 作為化合物(1a)，例如可列舉式(1-1)～式(1-43)所表示之化合物。再者，式中，R 40表示碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基，較佳為碳數6～12之支鏈狀烷基，進而較佳為2-乙基己基。 [化6] [化7] [化8] [化9] [化10] [化11] [化12] [化13] 作為𠮿染料(Aa)，進而，可列舉具有碳數3～9之芳香族雜環鍵結於𠮿環之9位碳之結構之化合物。該芳香族雜環亦可具有取代基。 作為𠮿染料(Aa)，較佳為式(1-1)～式(1-8)所表示之化合物、C.I.酸性紅289之四級銨鹽(例如式(1-11)或式(1-12)所表示之化合物)、C.I.酸性紫102之磺醯胺化物及C.I.酸性紫102之四級銨鹽，較佳為式(1-1)～式(1-8)所表示之化合物、以及式(1-11)及式(1-12)所表示之化合物。 又，就於有機溶劑中之溶解性優異之方面而言，亦較佳為式(1-24)～式(1-33)之任一者所表示之化合物。 𠮿染料(Aa)可使用市售之𠮿染料(例如中外化成(股份)製造之「Chugai Aminol Fast Pink R-H/C」、田岡化學工業(股份)製造之「Rhodamin 6G」)。又，亦可以市售之𠮿染料作為起始原料，參考日本專利特開2010-32999號公報進行合成。 關於𠮿染料(Aa)之含量，於染料(A1)100質量份中，較佳為50質量份以上，更佳為80質量份以上，進而較佳為90質量份以上，尤佳為99質量份以上，且較佳為100質量份以下。 三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)係包含具有於一個碳原子上鍵結有3個芳香族基之結構之化合物之染料。作為該芳香族基，具體而言，可列舉芳香族烴基。 作為三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)，例如可列舉：C.I.溶劑藍2、4、5、43、124；C.I.鹼性紫3、14、25；C.I.鹼性藍1、5、7、11、26及日本專利第4492760號公報中所記載之三芳基甲烷染料等。較佳為溶解於有機溶劑者。 於該等中，作為三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)，較佳為包含式(Ab1)所表示之化合物(以下有時稱為「化合物(Ab1)」)之染料。 [化14] [式(Ab1)中，R 1A～R 8A分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基、或碳數1～20之飽和烴基，於該飽和烴基之碳數為2～20之情形時，構成該飽和烴基之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-。 R 9A～R 12A分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1～20之飽和烴基、可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基或可具有取代基之碳數7～30之芳烷基，該飽和烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為經取代或未經取代之胺基或鹵素原子，於該飽和烴基之碳數為2～20之情形時，該飽和烴基中所含有之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-。R 9A與R 10A可鍵結而與其等所鍵結之氮原子一併形成環，R 11A與R 12A可鍵結而與其等所鍵結之氮原子一併形成環。 A表示可經取代之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基。 [G] g-表示任意之g價抗衡陰離子。g表示0或任意自然數] 再者，於式(Ab1)中，於g為2以上之自然數之情形時，式(Ab1)中之陽離子可為相互相同之結構，亦可為不同之結構。 R 1A～R 12A所表示之碳數1～20之飽和烴基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀之任一者，較佳為鏈狀。作為R 1A～R 12A所表示之碳數1～20之飽和烴基，可列舉與作為R 1之飽和烴基而例示之基相同之基。R 1A～R 12A所表示之飽和烴基之碳數更佳為1～10，進而較佳為1～8。 於R 1A～R 12A所表示之飽和烴基之碳數為2～20之情形時，該飽和烴基中所含有之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-，較佳可被取代為氧原子。又，亦可於構成該飽和烴基之亞甲基間插入氧原子。亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-之飽和烴基之較佳之碳數為2～10，更佳為2～8，進而較佳為2～6。作為亞甲基可被取代為氧原子之飽和烴基，較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀飽和烴基(即直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基)，更佳為直鏈狀飽和烴基(即直鏈狀烷基)。 又，於亞甲基被取代為氧原子或-CO-時，末端與氧原子或-CO-之間、或氧原子或-CO-與氧原子或-CO-之間之碳數較佳為1～4個，更佳為2～3個。 作為R 9A～R 12A之烷基可具有之經取代或未經取代之胺基，可列舉：胺基；N-甲基胺基、N-乙基胺基、N-苯基胺基、N,N-二甲胺基、N,N-二乙胺基等。又，作為R 9A～R 12A之飽和烴基可具有之鹵素原子，可列舉：氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 又，R 9A～R 12A所表示之芳香族烴基之碳數較佳為6～20，更佳為6～15，進而較佳為6～12。作為該芳香族烴基，可列舉：苯基、甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基、聯三苯基等。又，該芳香族烴基可具有1個或2個以上之取代基，作為該取代基，可列舉：氟原子、氯原子、碘原子、溴原子等鹵素原子；甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1～6之烷氧基；羥基；胺磺醯基；甲基磺醯基等碳數1～6之烷基磺醯基；甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等碳數2～6之烷氧基羰基等。 進而，R 9A～R 12A所表示之芳烷基之碳數為7～30，更佳為7～20，進而較佳為7～17。作為R 9A～R 12A所表示之芳烷基，可列舉：於作為R 9A～R 12A之芳香族烴基而說明之基上鍵結有亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基等碳數1～5之烷二基之基等。 其中，作為R 1A～R 8A，較佳為氫原子或碳數1～20之飽和烴基(較佳為烷基)，更佳為氫原子或甲基，尤佳為氫原子。 又，R 9A～R 12A分別獨立較佳為可具有取代基之碳數1～20之飽和烴基(較佳為烷基)、或可具有取代基之碳數7～30之芳烷基。 作為A所表示之芳香族烴基，可列舉：苯基、甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基、聯三苯基等碳數6～20之芳香族烴基。 作為A所表示之芳香族烴基可具有之取代基，例如可列舉：氟原子、氯原子、碘原子等鹵素原子；經取代或未經取代之胺基；羥基；磺基；-SO 3 -；-SO 3J等。作為可取代上述胺基之取代基，可列舉：可經胺基或鹵素原子取代之碳數1～20之烷基；可經碳數1～10之烷氧基取代之苯基等芳基等。 其中，作為A，較佳為可具有取代基之芳香族烴基。 作為J，可列舉無機陽離子或有機陽離子。具體而言，可列舉與上述化合物(1a)中之Z +相同之陽離子及下述式之陽離子等。 [化16] [G] g-表示g價陰離子。g可為0，通常為1～14，較佳為1～12，更佳為1～10，進而較佳為1～6，尤佳為1～4。作為[G] g-，可列舉式(y1)、式(y2)或式(y3)所表示之陰離子。 [化17] [式中，R B1表示1價有機基。 R B2及R B3表示鹵素原子或鹵化烴基，R B2及R B3可相互鍵結而形成包含-SO 2-N --SO 2-之環。R B4及R B5表示2價有機基。 M1表示鋁原子或硼原子] R B2或R B3所表示之鹵化烴基較佳為氟化烴基，更佳為全氟烷基。 R B4或R B5所表示之2價有機基較佳為2價芳香族烴基。 作為式(y1)所表示之陰離子，可列舉：甲磺酸根陰離子、甲苯磺酸根陰離子、十二烷基苯磺酸根陰離子、三氟甲磺酸根陰離子、全氟丁磺酸根陰離子等。 作為式(y2)所表示之陰離子，可列舉下述式所表示之陰離子等。 [化18] 作為式(y3)所表示之陰離子，可列舉下述式所表示之陰離子等。 [化19] 進而，作為[G] g-，例如可列舉：鹵化物離子、具有磺酸根陰離子之樹脂、三全氟烷基磺醯基甲基化酸根陰離子等。 作為式(Ab1)所表示之化合物，可列舉下述式所表示之化合物。於下述式中，J與上述含義相同。 [化20] [化21] [化22] 於含有三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)之情形時，其含量於染料(A1)100質量份中較佳為1質量份以上且99質量份以下。 於式(Ab2)所表示之化合物(以下有時稱為化合物(Ab2))中，亦包含其互變異構物。 [化23] [式(Ab2)中，R 41～R 44分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1～20之飽和烴基、可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基或可具有取代基之碳數7～30之芳烷基，於該碳數1～20之飽和烴基中，該飽和烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為經取代或未經取代之胺基或鹵素原子，於該飽和烴基之碳數為2～20之情形時，該飽和烴基中所含有之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-。R 41與R 42可鍵結而與其等所鍵結之氮原子一併形成環，R 43與R 44可鍵結而與其等所鍵結之氮原子一併形成環。 R 47～R 54分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、硝基、羥基、或碳數1～8之烷基，於該烷基之碳數為2～8之情形時，構成該烷基之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-，R 48與R 52可相互鍵結而形成-NH-、-S-或SO 2-。 環T 1表示可具有取代基之碳數3～10之芳香族雜環。 [Y] m-表示任意之m價陰離子。 m表示任意自然數。 於式(Ab2)中，於m為2以上之情形時，式(Ab2)中之陽離子可為相互相同之結構，亦可為不同之結構。 上述環T 1之芳香族雜環可為單環亦可為縮合環。環T 1所表示之芳香族雜環之碳數為3～10，較佳為3～8。又，芳香族雜環較佳為5～10員環，更佳為5～9員環。作為單環之芳香族雜環，例如可列舉：吡咯環、唑環、吡唑環、咪唑環、噻唑環等含有氮原子之5員環；呋喃環、噻吩環等不含有氮原子之5員環；吡啶環、嘧啶環、嗒環、吡環等含有氮原子之6員環等，作為縮合環之芳香族雜環，可列舉：吲哚環、苯并咪唑環、苯并噻唑環、喹啉環等含有氮原子之縮合環；苯并呋喃環等不含有氮原子之環等。 作為環T 1之芳香族雜環可具有之取代基，可列舉：鹵素原子、氰基、可具有取代基之碳數1～20之飽和烴基(較佳為碳數1～20之烷基)、可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基、或經取代或未經取代之胺基等，較佳可列舉碳數1～20之飽和烴基(較佳為碳數1～20之烷基)、經取代或未經取代之胺基、或可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基。 其中，作為環T 1之芳香族雜環，較佳為含有氮原子之芳香族雜環，更佳為含有氮原子之5員環之芳香族雜環。 又，環T 1進而較佳為式(Ab2-x1)所表示之環。 [化25] [式(Ab2-x1)中， 環T 2表示碳數3～10之芳香族雜環。 R 45及R 46分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1～20之飽和烴基、可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基或可具有取代基之碳數7～30之芳烷基，於該碳數1～20之飽和烴基中，該飽和烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為經取代或未經取代之胺基或鹵素原子，於該飽和烴基之碳數為2～20之情形時，該飽和烴基中所含有之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-。R 45與R 46可鍵結而與其等所鍵結之氮原子一併形成環。 R 55表示碳數1～20之飽和烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基。 k1表示0或1。 ﹡表示與碳陽離子之鍵結鍵] 進而，環T 1尤佳為式(Ab2-y1)所表示之環。 [化26] [式(Ab2-y1)中， R 56表示氫原子、碳數1～20之飽和烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基。 X2表示氧原子、-N(R 57)-或硫原子。 R 57表示氫原子或碳數1～10之烷基。 R 45及R 46與上述含義相同。 ﹡表示與碳陽離子之鍵結鍵] 上述式中，環T 2之芳香族雜環可列舉與環T 1中所例示之芳香族雜環相同之環。 又，環T 1亦較佳為式(Ab2-x2)所表示之環。 [化27] [式(Ab2-x2)中， 環T 3表示具有氮原子之碳數3～10之芳香族雜環。 R 58表示碳數1～20之飽和烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基。 R 59表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1～20之飽和烴基、可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基或可具有取代基之碳數7～30之芳烷基。 k2表示0或1。 ﹡表示與碳陽離子之鍵結鍵] 環T 1亦進而較佳為式(Ab2-y2)所表示之環。 [化28] [式(Ab2-y2)中， R 60表示氫原子、碳數1～20之飽和烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基。 R 59與上述含義相同。 ﹡表示與碳陽離子之鍵結鍵] R 41～R 46、R 55、R 56及R 58～R 60所表示之飽和烴基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀之任一者。又，該飽和烴基之碳數較佳為1～10，更佳為1～8，進而較佳為1～6，尤佳為1～4。作為R 41～R 46、R 55、R 56及R 58～R 60所表示之碳數1～20之飽和烴基，可列舉與作為R 1所表示之飽和烴基而例示之基相同之基。又，鏈狀飽和烴基(烷基)之碳數較佳為1～8，更佳為1～6，進而較佳為1～4。又，環狀飽和烴基(脂環式飽和烴基)之碳數較佳為3～10，更佳為6～10。 又，於R 41～R 46所表示之飽和烴基之碳數為2～20之情形時，該飽和烴基中所含有之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-，較佳可被取代為氧原子。又，亦可於構成該飽和烴基之亞甲基間插入氧原子。於該情形時，作為該飽和烴基，較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀飽和烴基(即直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基)，更佳為直鏈狀飽和烴基(即直鏈狀烷基)。亞甲基可被取代為氧原子或-CO-之飽和烴基之較佳之碳數為2～10，更佳為2～8。又，於亞甲基被取代為氧原子或-CO-時，末端與氧原子或-CO-之間、或氧原子或-CO-與氧原子或-CO-之間之碳數較佳為1～4個，更佳為2～3個。 R 41～R 46、R 55、R 56及R 58～R 60所表示之飽和烴基可經經取代或未經取代之胺基或鹵素原子取代。作為取代胺基，例如可列舉二甲胺基、二乙胺基等烷基胺基。又，作為鹵素原子，可列舉氟、氯、溴、碘。又，於鹵素原子為氟原子之情形時，R 41～R 46、R 55、R 56及R 58～R 60所表示之經鹵素原子(氟原子)取代之飽和烴基較佳為三氟甲基、五氟乙基、七氟丙基等全氟烷基。 作為R 59所表示之烷基可具有之取代基，可列舉鹵素原子、氰基等。 又，作為R 41～R 46、R 55、R 56、R 58～R 60所表示之可經取代之芳香族烴基，可列舉與R 9A所表示之可經取代之芳香族烴基相同之基。該芳香族烴基之碳數較佳為6～20，更佳為6～10。作為該芳香族烴基，較佳為苯基、甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基、萘基。又，該芳香族烴基可具有1個或2個以上之取代基。 作為R 41～R 46、R 59所表示之可經取代之芳烷基，可列舉與R 9A所表示之可經取代之芳烷基相同之基。 作為R 57所表示之碳數1～10之烷基，可列舉R 9A中所例示之直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基中碳數為1～10之基等。 於R 41～R 46、R 55、R 56、R 58～R 60所表示之基中，作為上述芳香族烴基及上述芳烷基中之取代基，可列舉：氟原子、氯原子、碘原子等鹵素原子、甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1～6之烷氧基；羥基；甲基、乙基等碳數1～6之烷基；胺磺醯基；甲基磺醯基等碳數1～6之烷基磺醯基；甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等碳數1～6之烷氧基羰基等。 R 47～R 54所表示之碳數1～8之烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀之任一者，較佳為鏈狀，可列舉R 1中所例示之直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀烷基中碳數為1～8之基等。 於R 47～R 54所表示之烷基之碳數為2～8之情形時，作為構成該烷基之亞甲基被取代為氧原子或-CO-之基(較佳為被取代為氧原子之基)，可列舉自構成上述R 41～R 46所表示之碳數2～20之烷基之亞甲基被取代為氧原子或-CO-之基中選擇碳數8以下者之基。於該基中，亦可於構成該飽和烴基之亞甲基間插入氧原子。 其中，作為R 41～R 44、R 55、R 56、R 58、R 59，較佳為碳數1～20之脂肪族烴基(較佳為烷基)、可具有取代基之碳數6～20之芳香族烴基。 又，作為R 47～R 54，分別獨立較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子或碳數1～8之烷基，分別獨立尤佳為氫原子、甲基、氟原子或氯原子。 進而，作為R 56，較佳為碳數1～10之飽和烴基(較佳為烷基)、或可具有取代基之芳香族烴基，更佳為碳數1～8之飽和烴基(較佳為烷基)、或可經鹵素原子、碳數1～4之鹵烷基、碳數1～4之烷氧基、羥基、碳數1～4之烷基、或甲基磺醯基取代之芳香族烴基。 作為R 57，較佳為氫原子或碳數1～8之烷基。 作為式(Ab2)中之陽離子，可列舉以式(Ab2-I)表示且具有表1所示之取代基之陽離子1～陽離子12等。表中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化29] [表1]    R 41 R 42 R 43 R 44 R 45 R 46 R 56 X2 陽離子1 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 Ph2 Ph3 *-S-* 陽離子2 CH 2CH 3 Ph1 CH 2CH 3 Ph1 CH 2CH 3 Ph2 Ph3 *-S-* 陽離子3 CH 2CH 3 Ph1 CH 2CH 3 Ph1 CH 2CH 3 Ph2 Ph4 *-S-* 陽離子4 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 Ph2 Ph1 *-S-* 陽離子5 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 Ph2 Ph5 *-S -* 陽離子6 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 Ph2 Ph6 *-S -* 陽離子7 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 *-CH 2CH 2CH 2CH 3 *-CH 2CH 2CH 2CH 3 Ph6 *-S-* 陽離子8 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 *-CH 2CH 2-O-CH 2CH 3 *-CH 2CH 2-O-CH 2CH 3 Ph7 *-S -* 陽離子9 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 *-CH 2CH 2CH 2CH 2CH 2 -* Ph8 *-S-* 陽離子10 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 *-CH 2CH 2CH 2CH 2CH 2-* Ph9 *-S -* 陽離子11 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2(CH 3) 2 Ph1 Ph1 *-S-* 陽離子12 CH 3 Ph1 CH 3 Ph1 CH 2CH 3 Ph2 Ph3 *-S -* 表1中，Ph1～Ph9意指下述式所表示之基。式中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化30] 作為式(Ab2)中之陽離子，亦可列舉以式(Ab2-II)表示且具有表2所示之取代基之陽離子13～陽離子16等。表中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化31] [表2]    R 41 R 42 R 43 R 4 4 R 59 R 60 陽離子13 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 3 Ph1 陽離子14 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 CH 2CH 3 (CH 2) 5CH 3 Ph10 陽離子15 CH 2CH(CH 3)CH 3 CH 2CH(CH 3)CH 3 CH 2CH(CH 3)CH 3 CH 2CH(CH 3)CH 3 CH 3 Ph1 陽離子16 CH 2CH 3 Ph1 CH 2CH 3 Ph1 (CH 2) 5CH 3 Ph11 表2中，Ph1、Ph10、Ph11意指下述式所表示之基。式中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化32] 作為式(Ab2)之陽離子，較佳為陽離子1～陽離子6、陽離子11、或陽離子12，更佳為陽離子1、陽離子2、或陽離子12。 [Y] m-表示m價陰離子。m可為0，較佳為1～14，更佳為1～12，進而較佳為1～10，進一步較佳為1～6，尤佳為1～4。作為[Y] m-，可列舉作為[G] g-而例示之陰離子，進而，可列舉式(y4)、式(y5)或式(y6)所表示之陰離子等。 [化33] [式中，R B6表示2價有機基。R B7表示3價芳香族烴基。n表示自然數] 作為式(y4)所表示之陰離子，例如可列舉：甲二磺酸根陰離子、丙二磺酸根陰離子、甲苯二磺酸根陰離子、萘二磺酸根陰離子、及下述式所表示之陰離子等。 [化34] 作為式(y6)所表示之陰離子，可列舉下述式所表示之陰離子等。式中，n表示自然數。 [化35] 作為式(Ab2)中之陰離子，於上述所例示之陰離子中，就耐熱性之方面而言，較佳為選擇含硼陰離子、含鋁陰離子、及含氟陰離子。 作為化合物(Ab2)，例如可列舉下述式所表示之化合物。 [化36] [化37] [化38] [化39] [化40] [化41] [化42] 於含有式(Ab2)所表示之化合物之情形時，其含量於染料(A1)100質量份中較佳為1質量份以上且99質量份以下。 香豆素染料(Ac)係包含於分子內具有香豆素骨架之化合物之染料。作為香豆素染料(Ac)，例如可列舉：C.I.酸性黃227、250；C.I.分散黃82、184；C.I.溶劑橙112；C.I.溶劑黃160、172；日本專利第1299948號公報中所記載之香豆素染料等。較佳為溶解於有機溶劑者。 於該等中，作為香豆素染料，例如較佳為式(Ac1)所表示之化合物(以下有時稱為「化合物(Ac1)」)。 [化43] [式(Ac1)中，X C表示氧原子或硫原子。 R 1C分別獨立地表示碳數1～20之飽和烴基，於該飽和烴基之碳數為2～20之情形時，構成該飽和烴基之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子。 R 2C～R 13C分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、-SO 3M、-CO 2M、羥基、甲醯基、胺基、碳數1～20之1價烴基，構成該烴基之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子、硫原子、-N(R 14C)-、磺醯基或羰基，該烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、-SO 3M、-CO 2M、羥基、甲醯基或胺基。 R 14C表示氫原子或碳數1～20之1價烴基，於存在複數個R 14C之情形時，其等可相同亦可不同。 M表示氫原子或鹼金屬原子。 L C表示碳數1～20之2價烴基或磺醯基] R 1C之碳數1～20之飽和烴基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、或環狀之任一者，較佳為鏈狀。具體而言，可列舉與作為R 1之碳數1～20之飽和烴基而例示之基相同之基。 又，於R 1C所表示之飽和烴基之碳數為2～20之情形時，該飽和烴基中所含有之亞甲基可被取代為氧原子。又，亦可於構成該飽和烴基之亞甲基間插入氧原子。 作為R 2C～R 14C之碳數1～20之1價烴基，可列舉碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基、碳數1～20之1價不飽和脂肪族烴基、碳數6～10之1價芳香族烴基等。作為上述碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基，可列舉與作為R 1中之碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基而例示之基相同之基。又，作為上述碳數1～20之1價不飽和烴基，可列舉：乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基、庚烯基、辛烯基、壬烯基、癸烯基、十一烯基、十二烯基、十六烯基、十八烯基、二十烯基等直鏈狀烯基；環戊烯基、環己烯基、環庚烯基等環烯基等。又，作為上述碳數6～10之1價芳香族烴基，可列舉與作為R 1中之碳數6～10之芳香族烴基而例示之基相同之基。 作為L C之碳數1～20之2價烴基，可列舉碳數1～20之2價飽和烴基、碳數1～20之2價不飽和烴基、碳數6～10之2價芳香族烴基，可列舉以R 2C中之碳數1～20之1價烴基中所含有之1個氫原子作為鍵結鍵之基等。 進而，複數個R 1C～R 13C分別較佳為相同之基。 其中，作為R 1C，較佳為碳數1～20之鏈狀烷基，更佳為碳數1～10之鏈狀烷基。 作為R 2C～R 6C，較佳為氫原子、或碳數1～20之1價烴基，更佳為氫原子、或碳數1～10之飽和烴基，進而較佳為氫原子、或碳數1～5之鏈狀烷基。 作為R 7C～R 13C，較佳為氫原子、或碳數1～20之1價烴基，尤佳為氫原子。 作為L C，較佳為磺醯基或亞甲基、丙二基等碳數1～20之飽和烴基。又，L C之2價烴基較佳為碳數1～10，更佳為碳數1～5。 又，作為X C，尤佳為氧原子。 作為化合物(Ac1)，例如可列舉下式所表示之化合物。 [化44] [化45] 於含有香豆素染料(Ac)之情形時，其含量於染料(A1)100質量份中較佳為1質量份以上且99質量份以下。 作為除染料(A1)以外之染料，例如可列舉：染料索引(The Society of Dyers and Colourists出版)中被分類為除顏料以外且具有色相者之化合物、或染色筆記(色染社)中所記載之染料。又，根據化學結構，可列舉：偶氮染料、花青染料、酞菁染料、蒽醌染料、萘醌染料、醌亞胺染料、次甲基染料、次甲基偶氮染料、方酸鎓染料、吖啶染料、苯乙烯基染料、喹啉染料及硝基染料等。於該等中，較佳為溶解於有機溶劑者。 具體而言，可列舉：C.I.溶劑黃4、14、15、23、24、25、38、62、63、68、79、81、82、83、89、94、98、99、162； C.I.溶劑橙2、7、11、15、26、41、54、56、99； C.I.溶劑紅24、49、90、91、111、118、119、122、124、125、127、130、132、143、145、146、150、151、155、160、168、169、172、175、181、207、222、227、230、245、247； C.I.溶劑紫11、13、14、26、31、36、37、38、45、47、48、51、59、60； C.I.溶劑藍14、18、35、36、45、58、59、59：1、63、68、69、78、79、83、94、97、98、100、101、102、104、105、111、112、122、128、132、136、139； C.I.溶劑綠1、3、5、28、29、32、33等C.I.溶劑染料； C.I.酸性黃1、3、7、9、11、17、23、25、29、34、36、38、40、42、54、65、72、73、76、79、98、99、111、112、113、114、116、119、123、128、134、135、138、139、140、144、150、155、157、160、161、163、168、169、172、177、178、179、184、190、193、196、197、199、202、203、204、205、207、212、214、220、221、228、230、232、235、238、240、242、243、251； C.I.酸性橙6、7、8、10、12、26、50、51、52、56、62、63、64、74、75、94、95、107、108、149、162、169、173； C.I.酸性紅73、80、91、97、138、151、211、274； C.I.酸性綠3、5、9、25、27、28、41； C.I.酸性紫34、120； C.I.酸性藍25、27、40、45、78、80、112等C.I.酸性染料； C.I.鹼性綠1等C.I.鹼性染料； C.I.反應性黃2、76、116； C.I.反應性橙16等C.I.反應性染料； C.I.直接黃2、4、28、33、34、35、38、39、43、44、47、50、54、58、68、69、70、71、86、93、94、95、98、102、108、109、129、132、136、138、141； C.I.直接橙26、34、39、41、46、50、52、56、57、61、64、65、68、70、96、97、106、107； C.I.直接藍40等C.I.直接染料； C.I.分散黃51、54、76； C.I.分散紫26、27； C.I.分散藍1、14、56、60等C.I.分散染料； 作為C.I.媒染染料之C.I.媒染黃5、8、10、16、20、26、30、31、33、42、43、45、56、61、62、65； C.I.媒染橙3、4、5、8、12、13、14、20、21、23、24、28、29、32、34、35、36、37、42、43、47、48等C.I.媒染染料； C.I.還原綠1等C.I.還原染料等。 染料中，染料(A1)之含有率於染料之總量中較佳為70質量%以上且100質量%以下，更佳為80質量%以上且100質量%以下，進而較佳為85質量%以上且100質量%以下。 著色劑(A)進而含有顏料(A2)。作為顏料(A2)並無特別限定，可使用公知之顏料，例如可列舉染料索引(The Society of Dyers and Colourists出版)中被分類為顏料(pigment)之顏料，可單獨使用該等，或將2種以上組合而使用。 作為顏料，可列舉：C.I.顏料黃1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、53、83、86、93、94、109、110、117、125、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、153、154、166、173、194、214等黃色顏料； C.I.顏料橙13、31、36、38、40、42、43、51、55、59、61、64、65、71、73等橙色顏料； C.I.顏料紅9、97、105、122、123、144、149、166、168、176、177、180、192、209、215、216、224、242、254、255、264、265等紅色顏料； C.I.顏料藍15、15：3、15：4、15：6、60等藍色顏料； C.I.顏料紫1、19、23、29、32、36、38等紫色顏料； C.I.顏料綠7、36、58等綠色顏料； C.I.顏料棕23、25等棕色顏料； C.I.顏料黑1、7等黑色顏料等。 其中，作為顏料，較佳為酞菁顏料，更佳為酞菁銅顏料、酞菁鋅顏料，進而較佳為鹵化酞菁銅顏料、鹵化酞菁鋅顏料，尤佳為鹵化酞菁銅顏料。 又，作為顏料，較佳為藍色顏料、綠色顏料，更佳為藍色顏料。 具體而言，較佳為C.I.顏料藍15、15：3、15：4、15：6、60等藍色顏料，較佳為C.I.顏料藍15、15：3、15：4、15：6等鹵化酞菁銅藍色顏料，尤佳為C.I.顏料藍15：6。藉由含有上述顏料，透射光譜之最佳化較容易，彩色濾光片之耐光性及耐化學品性變得良好。 顏料亦可視需要實施松香處理、使用導入有酸性基或鹼性基之顏料衍生物等之表面處理、利用高分子化合物等所進行之對顏料表面之接枝處理、利用硫酸微粒化法等所進行之微粒化處理、或用以去除雜質之利用有機溶劑或水等所進行之清洗處理、離子性雜質之利用離子交換法等所進行之去除處理等。 顏料較佳為粒徑均勻。藉由含有顏料分散劑並進行分散處理，可獲得顏料於溶液中均勻地分散之狀態之顏料分散液。 作為上述顏料分散劑，例如可列舉界面活性劑，可為陽離子系、陰離子系、非離子系、兩性之任一界面活性劑。具體而言，可列舉聚酯系、聚胺系、丙烯酸系等界面活性劑等。該等顏料分散劑可單獨使用，亦可將2種以上組合而使用。作為顏料分散劑，可以商品名列舉：KP(信越化學工業(股份)製造)、Flowlen(共榮社化學(股份)製造)、Solsperse(註冊商標)(Zeneca(股份)製造)、EFKA(BASF公司製造)、Ajisper(註冊商標)(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno(股份)製造)、Disperbyk(註冊商標)(BYK-Chemie公司製造)等。 於顏料分散液中含有顏料分散劑之情形時，其含量相對於顏料(A2)之總量較佳為1質量%以上且500質量%以下，更佳為5質量%以上且300質量%以下。若顏料分散劑之含量為上述範圍內，則有可獲得均勻之分散狀態之顏料分散液之傾向。 染料(A1)與顏料(A2)之含量比(染料(A1)：顏料(A2))以質量基準計為1：99～89：11，較佳為1：99～70：30，更佳為1：99～50：50，進而較佳為5：95～50：50。 又，關於顏料之含有率，相對於固形物成分之總量，較佳為1質量%以上，更佳為1.5質量%以上，且較佳為50質量%以下，更佳為40質量%以下，進而較佳為30質量%以下。若顏料之含有率為上述範圍內，則可獲得色度良好之彩色濾光片。 於著色劑(A)中，作為染料(A1)及顏料(A2)之組合，例如可列舉以下之組合。 作為將本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物製備成紅色著色硬化性樹脂組合物之情形時之組合，可列舉香豆素染料(Ac)與紅色顏料等。 作為將本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物製備成綠色著色硬化性樹脂組合物之情形時之組合，可列舉：香豆素染料(Ac)與綠色顏料之組合；香豆素染料(Ac)、三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)及綠色顏料之組合；香豆素染料(Ac)、式(Ab2)所表示之化合物及綠色顏料之組合等。 作為將本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物製備成藍色著色硬化性樹脂組合物之情形時之組合，可列舉：𠮿染料(Aa)、三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)及藍色顏料之組合；𠮿染料(Aa)、式(Ab2)所表示之化合物及藍色顏料之組合；𠮿染料(Aa)與藍色顏料之組合；𠮿染料(Aa)、藍色顏料及紫色顏料之組合；三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)與紫色顏料之組合；式(Ab2)所表示之化合物與紫色顏料之組合等。於該情形時，作為染料，較佳為至少包含選自由三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)及式(Ab2)所表示之化合物所組成之群中之至少一種，更佳為包含選自由三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)及式(Ab2)所表示之化合物所組成之群中之至少一種、進而𠮿染料(Aa)。選自由三芳基甲烷染料(Ab)及式(Ab2)所表示之化合物所組成之群中之至少一種之含有率於染料(A1)中較佳為40質量%以上，更佳為50質量%以上。 關於著色劑(A)之含有率，相對於固形物成分之總量，較佳為1質量%以上且60質量%以下，更佳為3質量%以上且55質量%以下，進而較佳為5質量%以上且50質量%以下。若著色劑(A)之含有率為上述範圍內，則製成彩色濾光片時之色濃度充分，且可使組合物中含有必需量之樹脂或聚合性化合物，因此可形成機械強度充分之著色圖案。此處，本說明書中之所謂「固形物成分之總量」，係指自著色硬化性樹脂組合物之總量中去除溶劑之含量後之量。固形物成分之總量及相對於其之各成分之含量例如可藉由液相層析法或氣相層析法等公知之分析方法而測定。 ＜樹脂(B)＞ 樹脂(B)較佳為鹼可溶性樹脂，較佳為具有源自選自由不飽和羧酸及不飽和羧酸酐所組成之群中之至少1種(a)(以下有時稱為「(a)」)之結構單元之聚合物。 具有源自上述(a)之結構單元之共聚物較佳為具有選自由源自具有碳數2～4之環狀醚結構及乙烯性不飽和鍵之單體(b)(以下有時稱為「(b)」)之結構單元、及具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之結構單元所組成之群中之至少一種的共聚物。該共聚物亦可進而具有其他結構單元。作為其他結構單元，可列舉源自可與(a)共聚合之單體(c)(其中，與(a)及(b)不同。以下有時稱為「(c)」)之結構單元。具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之結構單元較佳為於側鏈具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之結構單元。具有此種結構單元之樹脂可藉由對具有源自(a)或(b)之結構單元之聚合物加成具有可與(a)或(b)所具有之基反應之基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之單體而獲得。 作為此種結構單元，可列舉對源自(a)之結構單元加成(b)而成之結構單元、對源自(b)之結構單元加成(a)而成之結構單元。又，於該等結構單元具有羥基之情形時，亦可列舉進而加成有羧酸酐之結構單元作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之結構單元。 作為(a)，例如可列舉：丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、丁烯酸、鄰乙烯基苯甲酸、間乙烯基苯甲酸、對乙烯基苯甲酸等不飽和單羧酸； 順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、檸康酸、中康酸、伊康酸、3-乙烯基鄰苯二甲酸、4-乙烯基鄰苯二甲酸、3,4,5,6-四氫鄰苯二甲酸、1,2,3,6-四氫鄰苯二甲酸、二甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、1,4-環己烯二羧酸等不飽和二羧酸； 甲基-5-降烯-2,3-二羧酸、5-羧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二羧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羧基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羧基乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯等含有羧基之雙環不飽和化合物； 除反丁烯二酸及中康酸以外之上述不飽和二羧酸之酐等羧酸酐； 丁二酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]酯、鄰苯二甲酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]酯等2元以上之多元羧酸之不飽和單[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基]酯類； α-(羥基甲基)丙烯酸之類的於同一分子中含有羥基及羧基之不飽和丙烯酸酯類等。 於該等中，就共聚合反應性之方面或所獲得之樹脂於鹼性水溶液中之溶解性之方面而言，較佳為丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸酐等。 (b)係指具有碳數2～4之環狀醚結構(例如選自由環氧乙烷環、氧雜環丁烷環及四氫呋喃環所組成之群中之至少1種)及乙烯性不飽和鍵之聚合性化合物。(b)較佳為具有碳數2～4之環狀醚及(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之單體。 作為(b)，例如可列舉：具有環氧乙烷基與乙烯性不飽和鍵之單體(b1)(以下有時稱為「(b1)」)、具有氧雜環丁基與乙烯性不飽和鍵之單體(b2)(以下有時稱為「(b2)」)、具有四氫呋喃基與乙烯性不飽和鍵之單體(b3)(以下有時稱為「(b3)」)等。 作為(b1)，例如可列舉：具有直鏈狀或支鏈狀脂肪族不飽和烴經環氧化而成之結構之單體(b1-1)(以下有時稱為「(b1-1)」)、具有脂環式不飽和烴經環氧化而成之結構之單體(b1-2)(以下有時稱為「(b1-2)」)。 作為(b1-1)，較佳為具有縮水甘油基與乙烯性不飽和鍵之單體。作為(b1-1)，具體而言，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸β-甲基縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸β-乙基縮水甘油酯、縮水甘油基乙烯醚、乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、α-甲基乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、2,3-雙(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、2,4-雙(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、2,5-雙(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、2,6-雙(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、2,3,4-三(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、2,3,5-三(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、2,3,6-三(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、3,4,5-三(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯、2,4,6-三(縮水甘油氧基甲基)苯乙烯等。 作為(b1-2)，可列舉：一氧化乙烯基環己烯、1,2-環氧-4-乙烯基環己烷(例如Celloxide(註冊商標)2000；Daicel(股份)製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯(例如Cyclomer(註冊商標)A400；Daicel(股份)製造)、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯(例如Cyclomer(註冊商標)M100；Daicel(股份)製造)、式(BI)所表示之化合物及式(BII)所表示之化合物等。 [化46] [式(BI)及式(BII)中，R b1及R b2分別獨立地表示氫原子、或碳數1～4之烷基，該烷基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為羥基。 X b1及X b2表示單鍵、✽-R b3-、✽-R b3-O-、✽-R b3-S-或✽-R b3-NH-。 R b3表示碳數1～6之烷二基。 ﹡表示與O之鍵結鍵] 作為R b1、R b2之碳數1～4之烷基，可列舉甲基、乙基等。 作為R b1、R b2之氫原子被取代為羥基之烷基，可列舉羥基甲基、羥基乙基等。 作為R b1及R b2，較佳為氫原子、碳數1～4之烷基、或碳數1～4之羥基烷基，更佳為氫原子、或碳數1～4之烷基，進而較佳可列舉氫原子、甲基。 作為R b3之烷二基，可列舉直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷二基，具體而言，可列舉亞甲基、伸乙基。 作為X b1及X b2，較佳為單鍵、✽-R b3-、或✽-R b3-O-，更佳為單鍵、或✽-R b3-O-，進而較佳可列舉單鍵、✽-CH 2-O-及✽-CH 2CH 2-O-，尤佳可列舉單鍵、✽-CH 2CH 2-O-(✽表示與O之鍵結鍵)。 作為式(BI)所表示之化合物，可列舉式(BI-1)～式(BI-15)之任一者所表示之化合物等。其中，較佳為式(BI-1)、式(BI-3)、式(BI-5)、式(BI-7)、式(BI-9)或式(BI-11)～式(BI-15)所表示之化合物，更佳為式(BI-1)、式(BI-7)、式(BI-9)或式(BI-15)所表示之化合物。 [化47] [化48] 作為式(BII)所表示之化合物，可列舉式(BII-1)～式(BII-15)之任一者所表示之化合物等。其中，較佳為式(BII-1)、式(BII-3)、式(BII-5)、式(BII-7)、式(BII-9)或式(BII-11)～式(BII-15)所表示之化合物，更佳為式(BII-1)、式(BII-7)、式(BII-9)或式(BII-15)所表示之化合物。 [化49] [化50] 式(BI)所表示之化合物及式(BII)所表示之化合物可分別單獨使用，亦可併用2種以上。於併用式(BI)所表示之化合物及式(BII)所表示之化合物之情形時，該等之含有比率[式(BI)所表示之化合物：式(BII)所表示之化合物]以莫耳基準計較佳為5：95～95：5，更佳為20：80～80：20。 作為上述(b2)，更佳為具有氧雜環丁基與(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之單體。作為(b2)，可列舉：3-甲基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基氧雜環丁烷、3-甲基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基氧雜環丁烷等。 作為(c)，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.0 2,6]癸烷-8-基酯(於該技術領域中作為慣用名被稱為「(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯」。又，有時稱為「(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸酯」)、(甲基)丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.0 2,6]癸烷-9-基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.0 2,6]癸烯-8-基酯(於該技術領域中作為慣用名被稱為「(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯」)、(甲基)丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.0 2,6]癸烯-9-基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異酯、(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸炔丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯； (甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯等含有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯； 順丁烯二酸二乙酯、反丁烯二酸二乙酯、伊康酸二乙酯等二羧酸二酯； 雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羥基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羥基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-(2'-羥基乙基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-甲氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-乙氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二羥基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二(羥基甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二(2'-羥基乙基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二甲氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二乙氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羥基-5-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羥基-5-乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羥基甲基-5-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-第三丁氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-環己氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-苯氧基羰基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-雙(第三丁氧基羰基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-雙(環己氧基羰基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯等雙環不飽和化合物； N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苄基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-丁二醯亞胺基-3-順丁烯二醯亞胺苯甲酸酯、N-丁二醯亞胺基-4-順丁烯二醯亞胺丁酸酯、N-丁二醯亞胺基-6-順丁烯二醯亞胺己酸酯、N-丁二醯亞胺基-3-順丁烯二醯亞胺丙酸酯、N-(9-吖啶基)順丁烯二醯亞胺等二羰基醯亞胺衍生物； 苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、對甲氧基苯乙烯等含有乙烯基之芳香族化合物；(甲基)丙烯腈等含有乙烯基之腈；氯乙烯、偏二氯乙烯等鹵化烴；(甲基)丙烯醯胺等含有乙烯基之醯胺；乙酸乙烯酯等酯；1,3-丁二烯、異戊二烯、2,3-二甲基-1,3-丁二烯等二烯等。 於該等中，就共聚合反應性及耐熱性之方面而言，較佳為苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苄基順丁烯二醯亞胺、雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯等。 反應順序並無限定，可使單體(a)與單體(b)及(c)之至少一者同時共聚合。又，於單體(a)～(c)均使用之情形時，可於使單體(a)與單體(b)共聚合後與單體(c)反應，亦可於使單體(a)與單體(c)共聚合後與單體(b)反應。又，亦可使單體(a)與單體(b)、單體(c)之共聚物反應，進而與羧酸酐反應。 聚合起始劑及溶劑等並無特別限定，可使用於該領域中通常使用者。例如作為聚合起始劑，可列舉偶氮化合物(2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)等)或有機過氧化物(過氧化苯甲醯等)，作為溶劑，只要為溶解各單體者即可，可列舉作為本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物之溶劑(E)而於下文說明之溶劑等。 再者，所獲得之共聚物可直接使用反應後之溶液，可使用濃縮或稀釋後之溶液，亦可使用藉由再沈澱等方法以固體(粉體)之形式提取者。尤其是藉由於該聚合時使用本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物中所含有之溶劑作為溶劑，可將反應後之溶液直接用於本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物之製備，因此可簡化本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物之製造步驟。 又，亦可視需要使用羧酸或羧酸酐與環狀醚之反應觸媒(例如三(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚等)及聚合抑制劑(例如對苯二酚等)等。 作為羧酸酐，可列舉：順丁烯二酸酐、檸康酸酐、伊康酸酐、3-乙烯基鄰苯二甲酸酐、4-乙烯基鄰苯二甲酸酐、3,4,5,6-四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、1,2,3,6-四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、二甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、5,6-二羧基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯酐等。羧酸酐之使用量相對於(a)之使用量1莫耳較佳為0.5～1莫耳。 作為樹脂(B)，具體而言，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸3,4-環氧三環[5.2.1.0 2,6]癸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物等具有源自(a)及(b)之結構單元之共聚物；(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯/(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯/苯乙烯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸3,4-環氧三環[5.2.1.0 2,6]癸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺共聚物、3-甲基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基氧雜環丁烷/(甲基)丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物等具有源自(a)、(b)及(c)之結構單元之共聚物；(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、苯乙烯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物等具有源自(a)及(c)之結構單元之共聚物；對(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物加成(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯而成之樹脂、對(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸酯/苯乙烯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物加成(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯而成之樹脂、對(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物加成(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯而成之樹脂等具有對源自(a)之結構單元加成(b)而成之結構單元之聚合物；使(甲基)丙烯酸與(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯之共聚物反應而成之樹脂、使(甲基)丙烯酸與(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸酯/苯乙烯/(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯之共聚物反應而成之樹脂等具有對源自(b)之結構單元加成(a)而成之結構單元之聚合物；使(甲基)丙烯酸與(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸酯/(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯之共聚物反應並使所獲得之樹脂進而與四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐反應而成之樹脂等具有對源自(b)之結構單元加成(a)、進而加成羧酸酐而成之結構單元及源自(c)之結構單元之共聚物等。 其中，作為樹脂(B)，較佳為具有源自(a)及(b)之結構單元之共聚物及具有源自(a)、(b)及(c)之結構單元之共聚物。 樹脂(B)之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量較佳為3,000～100,000，更佳為5,000～50,000，進而較佳為5,000～30,000。若分子量為上述範圍內，則有彩色濾光片之硬度提高，殘膜率較高，未曝光部於顯影液中之溶解性良好，且著色圖案之解像度提高之傾向。 樹脂(B)之分子量分佈[重量平均分子量(Mw)/數量平均分子量(Mn)]較佳為1.1～6，更佳為1.2～4。 樹脂(B)之固形物成分酸值較佳為50～170 mg-KOH/g，更佳為60～150 mg-KOH/g，進而較佳為70～135 mg-KOH/g。此處，固形物成分酸值係作為中和樹脂(B)1 g所需之氫氧化鉀之量(mg)而測定之值，例如可藉由使用氫氧化鉀水溶液進行滴定而求出。 關於樹脂(B)之含有率，相對於固形物成分之總量，較佳為7～65質量%，更佳為13～60質量%，進而較佳為17～55質量%。若樹脂(B)之含有率為上述範圍內，則有可形成著色圖案，又，著色圖案之解像度及殘膜率提高之傾向。 ＜聚合性化合物(C)＞ 聚合性化合物(C)係可利用由聚合起始劑(D)所產生之活性自由基及/或酸進行聚合之化合物，例如可列舉具有聚合性乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物等，較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物。 其中，聚合性化合物(C)較佳為具有3個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之聚合性化合物。作為此種聚合性化合物，例如可列舉：壬基苯基卡必醇丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯、2-乙基己基卡必醇丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、作為上述(Ba)、(Bb)及(Bc)而例示之化合物等具有1個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物； 1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙酚A之雙(丙烯醯氧基乙基)醚及3-甲基戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物； 三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰尿酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯等具有3個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物； 季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇改性季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇改性季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己內酯改性季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有4個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物； 二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有5個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物； 二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇改性二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇改性二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己內酯改性二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有6個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物； 三季戊四醇七(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三季戊四醇八(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四季戊四醇九(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四季戊四醇十(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有7個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物等。 其中，聚合性化合物(C)較佳為具有3個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之聚合性化合物，更佳為具有5個～6個乙烯性不飽和鍵之聚合性化合物。具體而言，較佳為二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為本發明中之典型之聚合性化合物(C)，可列舉：KAYARAD(註冊商標)DPHA(日本化藥(股份))、A-TMM-3LM-N(新中村化學工業(股份))及A9550(新中村化學工業(股份))等製品。 聚合性化合物(C)之重量平均分子量較佳為150以上且2,900以下，更佳為250以上且1,500以下。 關於聚合性化合物(C)之含有率，相對於固形物成分之總量，較佳為7～65質量%，更佳為13～60質量%，進而較佳為17～55質量%。若聚合性化合物(C)之含有率為上述範圍內，則有形成著色圖案時之殘膜率及彩色濾光片之耐化學品性提高之傾向。 又，樹脂(B)與聚合性化合物(C)之含量比[樹脂(B)：聚合性化合物(C)]以質量基準計較佳為20：80～80：20，更佳為35：65～80：20。 ＜聚合起始劑(D)＞ 聚合起始劑(D)係可藉由光或熱之作用產生活性自由基而使聚合開始之化合物。本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物含有下述式(d1)所表示之化合物(以下有時稱為「化合物(d1)」)作為聚合起始劑。 [化51] [式(d1)中， R d1表示可具有取代基之碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、可具有取代基之碳數3～36之雜環基、可具有取代基之碳數1～15之烷基、或可具有取代基之碳數7～33之芳烷基，上述烷基或芳烷基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-N(R d5)-。 R d2表示碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、碳數3～36之雜環基、或碳數1～10之烷基。 R d3表示可具有取代基之碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數3～36之雜環基。 R d4表示可具有取代基之碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數1～15之脂肪族烴基，上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-或-S-，上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之次甲基(-CH＜)可被取代為-PO 3＜，上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為OH基。 R d5表示碳數1～10之烷基，該烷基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-或-CO-] R d1所表示之芳香族烴基之碳數較佳為6～15，更佳為6～12，進而較佳為6～10。作為該芳香族烴基，例如可列舉：苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基、聯三苯基等，更佳為苯基、萘基，尤佳為苯基。 又，R d1所表示之芳香族烴基可具有1個或2個以上之取代基。取代基較佳為取代於芳香族烴基之α位或γ位，更佳為取代於γ位。作為該取代基，可列舉：甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基等碳數1～15之烷基；氟原子、氯原子、碘原子、溴原子等鹵素原子等。 作為上述取代基之烷基之碳數較佳為1～10，更佳為1～7。作為該取代基之烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、及環狀之任一者，亦可為將鏈狀基與環狀基組合而成之基。作為該取代基之烷基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、或-S-。又，該烷基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為氟原子、氯原子、碘原子、溴原子等鹵素原子，較佳為被取代為氟原子。 關於作為R d1所表示之芳香族烴基之取代基之烷基，例如可列舉下述式所表示之基等。式中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化52] [化53] 作為R d1所表示之可具有取代基之芳香族烴基，可列舉下述式所表示之基等。式中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化54] [化55] 作為R d1所表示之可具有取代基之芳香族烴基，較佳為下述式所表示之基。 [化56] [式中，R d6表示碳數1以上且10以下之烷基，該烷基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子。m2表示1～5之整數] 作為R d6所表示之烷基，可列舉與作為R d1所表示之芳香族烴基之取代基而例示之烷基相同之基。R d6所表示之烷基之碳數較佳為2以上且7以下，更佳為2以上且5以下。又，R d6所表示之烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、及環狀之任一者，較佳為鏈狀。 作為可取代R d6中所含有之氫原子之鹵素原子，可列舉：氟原子、氯原子、碘原子、溴原子，尤佳為氟。又，較佳為R d6中所含有之氫原子之2個以上且10個以下被取代為鹵素原子，較佳為3個以上且6個以下被取代為鹵素原子。R d6O-基之取代位置較佳為鄰位、對位，尤佳為對位。 又，m2較佳為1～2，尤佳為1。 R d1所表示之雜環基之碳數較佳為3～20，更佳為3～10，進而較佳為3～5。作為該雜環基，可列舉：吡咯基、呋喃基、噻吩基、吲哚基、苯并呋喃基、咔唑基等。 又，R d1所表示之雜環基可具有1個或2個以上之取代基。作為該取代基，可列舉與作為R d1所表示之芳香族烴基可具有之取代基而例示之基相同之基。 R d1所表示之烷基之碳數較佳為1～12。作為R d1所表示之烷基，可列舉：甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基等。該等烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、及環狀之任一者，亦可為將鏈狀基與環狀基組合而成之基。又，於R d1所表示之烷基中，亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-N(R d5)-，氫原子可被取代為OH基、或SH基。 R d5表示碳數1～10之烷基，較佳為碳數1～5之烷基，更佳為碳數1～3之烷基。該烷基可為鏈狀(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)，亦可為環狀，可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、及環狀之任一者，亦可為將鏈狀基與環狀基組合而成之基。又，於R d5所表示之烷基中，亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-或-CO-。 作為R d1所表示之可具有取代基之烷基，具體而言，可列舉下述式所表示之基等。﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化57] 進而，R d1所表示之可具有取代基之芳烷基較佳為將R d1所表示之芳香族烴基與由上述R d1所表示之烷基衍生之2價基組合而成之基。上述芳烷基之碳數較佳為7～33，更佳為7～18，進而較佳為7～12。該芳烷基可具有1個或2個以上之取代基，作為該取代基，可列舉與作為上述R d1所表示之芳香族烴基、及R d1所表示之烷基可具有之取代基而例示之基相同之基。作為將該R d1所表示之芳香族烴基與由上述R d1所表示之烷基衍生之2價基組合而成之基，具體而言，可列舉下述式所表示之基。式中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化58] 作為R d1，較佳為可具有取代基之芳香族烴基、或可具有取代基之烷基，更佳為可具有取代基之芳香族烴基，進而較佳為可具有取代基之苯基。作為上述芳香族烴基及上述苯基中之取代基，較佳為碳數4～9之烷氧基、具有鹵素(較佳為氟原子)之碳數4～9之烷氧基、及1～3個亞甲基被取代為醚鍵之碳數5～9之烷氧基。該等取代基較佳為均具有分枝結構。 R d2所表示之芳香族烴基之碳數較佳為6～15，更佳為6～12，進而較佳為6～10。作為該芳香族烴基，例如可列舉：苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基、聯三苯基等。 R d2所表示之雜環基之碳數較佳為3～20，更佳為3～10，進而較佳為3～5。作為該雜環基，例如可列舉：吡咯基、呋喃基、噻吩基、吲哚基、苯并呋喃基、咔唑基等。 R d2所表示之烷基之碳數較佳為1～7，更佳為1～5，尤佳為1～3。作為該烷基，可列舉：甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基等。該烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、及環狀之任一者，亦可為將鏈狀基與環狀基組合而成之基。 作為R d2，較佳為鏈狀烷基，更佳為碳數1～5之鏈狀烷基，進而較佳為碳數1～3之鏈狀烷基，尤佳為甲基。 R d3所表示之芳香族烴基之碳數較佳為6～15，更佳為6～12，進而較佳為6～10。作為該芳香族烴基，例如可列舉：苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基、聯三苯基等，更佳為苯基、萘基。 又，R d3所表示之芳香族烴基可具有1個或2個以上之取代基。取代基較佳為取代於芳香族烴基之α位或γ位。作為該取代基，較佳為碳數1～15之脂肪族烴基，具體而言，可列舉：甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基等碳數1～15之烷基；乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基、庚烯基、壬烯基、癸烯基等碳數1～15之烯基等。 作為上述取代基之脂肪族烴基之碳數更佳為1～7。又，作為該取代基之脂肪族烴基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、及環狀之任一者，亦可為將鏈狀基與環狀基組合而成之基。又，於作為該取代基之脂肪族烴基中，亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-、-S-，次甲基(-CH＜)可被取代為-N＜。 關於作為R d3所表示之芳香族烴基之取代基之脂肪族烴基，例如可列舉下述式所表示之基等。式中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化59] 作為R d3所表示之可具有取代基之芳香族烴基，例如可列舉下述式所表示之基等。式中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化60] R d3所表示之雜環基之碳數較佳為3～20，更佳為3～10，進而較佳為3～5。作為該雜環基，例如可列舉：吡咯基、呋喃基、噻吩基、吲哚基、苯并呋喃基、咔唑基等。 又，R d3所表示之雜環基可具有1個或2個以上之取代基，作為該取代基，可列舉與作為R d1所表示之芳香族烴基可具有之取代基而例示之基相同之基。 作為R d3，較佳為具有取代基之芳香族烴基，更佳為具有取代基之苯基。 作為該取代基，較佳為碳數1～7(更佳為碳數1～3)之鏈狀烷基，取代基之個數較佳為2個以上且5個以下。 R d4所表示之芳香族烴基之碳數較佳為6～15，更佳為6～12，進而較佳為6～10。作為該芳香族烴基，例如可列舉：苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、聯苯基、聯三苯基等，更佳為苯基、萘基，尤佳為苯基。 又，R d4所表示之芳香族烴基可具有1個或2個以上之取代基。作為該取代基，可列舉與R d1所表示之芳香族烴基可具有之取代基相同之基。 R d4所表示之脂肪族烴基之碳數較佳為1～13，更佳為2～10，進而較佳為4～9。作為R d4所表示之脂肪族烴基，可列舉：甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基等烷基；乙烯基、丙烯基、丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基、庚烯基、辛烯基、壬烯基、癸烯基、十一烯基、十二烯基、十三烯基、十四烯基、十五烯基等烯基等。該等脂肪族烴基可為鏈狀(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)，可為環狀，亦可為將鏈狀基與環狀基組合而成之基。又，於R d4所表示之脂肪族烴基中，亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-、-S-，次甲基(-CH＜)可被取代為-PO 3＜。上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為OH基。 作為R d4所表示之可具有取代基之脂肪族烴基，例如可列舉下述式所表示之基等。式中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [化61] 作為R d4，較佳為可具有取代基之鏈狀脂肪族烴基，更佳為鏈狀烷基，進而較佳為碳數4～9之支鏈狀烷基。 作為化合物(d1)，可列舉具有表3～9所示之取代基之化合物(d1-1)～(d1-67)。表中，﹡表示鍵結鍵。 [表3]    R d 1 R d2 R d3 R d4 (d1-1) *-CH 3 *-CH 3 (d1-2) *-CH 3 (d1-3) *-CH 3 (d1-4) *-CH 3 (d1-5) *-CH 3 (d1-6) *-CH 3 (d1-7) *-CH 3 (d1-8) *-CH 3 (d1-9) *-CH 3 (d1-10) *-CH 3 [表4]    R d 1 R d2 R d 3 R d4 (d1-11) *-CH 3 (d1-12) *-CH 3 (d1-13) *-CH 3 (d1-14) *-CH 3 (d1-15) *-CH 3 (d1-16) *-CH 3 (d1-17) *-CH 3 (d1-18) *-CH 3 (d1-19) *-CH 3 (d1-20) *-CH 3 [表5]    R d 1 R d2 R d3 R d 4 (d1-21) *-CH 3 (d1-22) *-CH 3 (d1-23) *-CH 3 (d1-24) *-CH 3 (d1-25) *-CH 3 (d1-26) *-CH 3 (d1-27) *-CH 3 (d1-28) *-CH 3 (d1-29) *-CH 3 (d1-30) *-CH 3 [表6]    R d 1 R d2 R d3 R d 4 (d1-31) *-CH 3 (d1-32) *-CH 3 (d1-33) *-CH 3 (d1-34) *-CH 3 (d1-35) *-CH 3 (d1-36) *-CH 3 (d1-37) *-CH 3 (d1-38) *-CH 3 (d1-39) *-CH 3 (d1-40) *-CH 3 [表7]    R d 1 R d2 R d3 R d4 (d1-41) *-CH 3 (d1-42) *-CH 3 *-CH 2CH 3 (d1-43) *-CH 3 (d1-44) *-CH 3 (d1-45) *-CH 3 (d1-46) *-CH 3 (d1-47) *-CH 3 (d1-48) *-CH 3 (d1-49) *-CH 3 (d1-50) *-CH 3 [表8]    R d 1 R d 2 R d 3 R d4 (d1-51) *-CH 3 (d1-52) *-CH 3 (d1-53) *-CH 3 (d1-54) *-CH 3 (d1-55) *-CH 3 (d1-56) *-CH 3 (d1-57) *-CH 3 (d1-58) *-CH 3 (d1-59) *-CH 3 (d1-60) *-CH 3 [表9]    R d 1 R d2 R d3 R d4 (d1-61) *-CH 3 (d1-62) *-CH 3 (d1-63) *-CH 3 (d1-64) *-CH 3 (d1-65) *-CH 3 (d1-66) *-CH 3 (d1-67) *-CH 3 其中，較佳為化合物(d1-3)～(d1-6)、(d1-18)～(d1-52)、(d1-55)、(d1-56)、(d1-60)、(d1-61)，更佳為化合物(d1-3)～(d1-6)、(d1-18)～(d1-41)，進而較佳為化合物(d1-24)、(d1-36)～(d1-40)，尤佳為化合物(d1-40)。 關於化合物(d1)之含量，於聚合起始劑(D)100質量份中，較佳為30質量份以上且100質量份以下，更佳為50質量份以上，進而較佳為80質量份以上，進而更佳為90質量份以上。 化合物(d1)可藉由日本專利特表2014-500852號公報中所記載之製造方法而製造。 又，聚合起始劑(D)亦可進而包含除上述化合物(d1)以外之聚合起始劑。該等並無特別限定，可使用公知之聚合起始劑。 作為產生活性自由基之聚合起始劑，可列舉：除上述化合物(d1)以外之O-醯基肟化合物、聯咪唑化合物、苯烷基酮化合物、三化合物及醯基氧化膦化合物。 關於上述O-醯基肟化合物，可列舉：N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫基苯基)丁烷-1-酮-2-亞胺、N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫基苯基)辛烷-1-酮-2-亞胺、N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫基苯基)-3-環戊基丙烷-1-酮-2-亞胺、N-乙醯氧基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙烷-1-亞胺、N-乙醯氧基-1-[9-乙基-6-{2-甲基-4-(3,3-二甲基-2,4-二氧雜環戊基甲氧基)苯甲醯基}-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙烷-1-亞胺、N-乙醯氧基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-3-環戊基丙烷-1-亞胺、N-苯甲醯氧基-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-3-環戊基丙烷-1-酮-2-亞胺等。亦可使用Irgacure(註冊商標)OXE01、OXE02(以上為BASF公司製造)、N-1919(ADEKA公司製造)等市售品。其中，O-醯基肟化合物較佳為選自由N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫基苯基)丁烷-1-酮-2-亞胺、N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫基苯基)辛烷-1-酮-2-亞胺、N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫基苯基)-3-環戊基丙烷-1-酮-2-亞胺及N-乙醯氧基-1-[4-{4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基}巰基苯基]-丙烷-1-酮-2-亞胺所組成之群中之至少1種，更佳為選自由N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫基苯基)辛烷-1-酮-2-亞胺及N-乙醯氧基-1-[4-{4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基}巰基苯基]-丙烷-1-酮-2-亞胺所組成之群中之至少1種。若為該等O-醯基肟化合物，則有可獲得高亮度之彩色濾光片之傾向。 作為聯咪唑化合物，具體而言，可列舉：2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2,3-二氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基聯咪唑(例如參照日本專利特開平6-75372號公報、日本專利特開平6-75373號公報等)、2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四苯基聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(烷氧基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(二烷氧基苯基)聯咪唑、2,2'-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4',5,5'-四(三烷氧基苯基)聯咪唑(例如參照日本專利特公昭48-38403號公報、日本專利特開昭62-174204號公報等)、4,4',5,5'-位之苯基經烷氧羰基取代之咪唑化合物(例如參照日本專利特開平7-10913號公報等)等。 其中，較佳為式(d4)所表示之化合物。 [化63] [式(d4)中，R d13～R d16分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷氧基(較佳為碳數1～4之烷氧基，更佳為甲氧基)。R d17及R d18分別獨立地表示氫原子或鹵素原子(較佳為氯原子)] 上述苯烷基酮化合物係具有式(d5)所表示之部分結構或式(d6)所表示之部分結構之化合物。於該等部分結構中，苯環可具有取代基。 [化65] 作為具有式(d5)所表示之部分結構之化合物，例如可列舉：2-甲基-2-啉基-1-(4-甲基硫基苯基)丙烷-1-酮、2-二甲胺基-1-(4-啉基苯基)-2-苄基丁烷-1-酮、2-(二甲胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-啉基)苯基]丁烷-1-酮等。亦可使用Irgacure 369、907、379(以上為BASF公司製造)等市售品。 作為具有式(d6)所表示之部分結構之化合物，例如可列舉：2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷-1-酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-(4-異丙烯基苯基)丙烷-1-酮之低聚物、α,α-二乙氧基苯乙酮、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮等。 就感度之方面而言，作為苯烷基酮化合物，較佳為具有式(d5)所表示之部分結構之化合物。 作為上述三化合物，例如可列舉：2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(4-甲氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(4-甲氧基萘基)-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-向日葵基-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-(4-甲氧基苯乙烯基)-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(5-甲基呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(4-二乙胺基-2-甲基苯基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[2-(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三等。 作為上述醯基氧化膦化合物，可列舉2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等。亦可使用Irgacure(註冊商標)819(BASF公司製造)等市售品。 進而，作為聚合起始劑(D)，可列舉：安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚等安息香化合物；二苯甲酮、鄰苯甲醯基苯甲酸甲酯、4-苯基二苯甲酮、4-苯甲醯基-4'-甲基二苯基硫醚、3,3',4,4'-四(第三丁基過氧羰基)二苯甲酮、2,4,6-三甲基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮化合物；9,10-菲醌、2-乙基蒽醌、樟腦醌等醌化合物；10-丁基-2-氯吖啶酮、苯偶醯、苯基乙醛酸甲酯、二茂鈦化合物等。該等較佳為與下述聚合起始助劑(D1)(尤其是胺類)組合而使用。 其中，於使用2種以上之聚合起始劑之情形時，較佳為化合物(d1)與聯咪唑化合物之組合、化合物(d1)、聯咪唑化合物及下述硫醇化合物之組合、或化合物(d1)與苯烷基酮化合物之組合等。 關於聚合起始劑(D)之含量，相對於樹脂(B)及聚合性化合物(C)之合計100質量份，較佳為0.1質量份以上，更佳為3質量份以上，進而較佳為5質量份以上，且較佳為40質量份以下，更佳為30質量份以下，進而較佳為27質量份以下，進而更佳為25質量份以下，進一步較佳為20質量份以下。若聚合起始劑(D)之含量為上述範圍內，則有高感度化而曝光時間縮短之傾向，因此彩色濾光片之生產性提高。 又，聚合起始劑(D)與聚合性化合物(C)之含量比(聚合起始劑(D)/聚合性化合物(C))以質量基準計較佳為1/1000以上，更佳為4/1000以上，且較佳為40/100以下，更佳為35/100以下。藉由上述含量比(聚合起始劑(D)/聚合性化合物(C))為上述範圍內，可獲得亮度(Luminance)優異之彩色濾光片。 ＜聚合起始助劑(D1)＞ 聚合起始助劑(D1)係用於促進藉由聚合起始劑開始聚合之聚合性化合物之聚合的化合物或增感劑。於含有聚合起始助劑(D1)之情形時，通常與聚合起始劑(D)組合而使用。 作為聚合起始助劑(D1)，可列舉：胺化合物、烷氧基蒽化合物、9-氧硫𠮿化合物及羧酸化合物等。 作為上述胺化合物，可列舉：三乙醇胺、甲基二乙醇胺、三異丙醇胺等烷醇胺；4-二甲胺基苯甲酸甲酯、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、苯甲酸2-二甲胺基乙酯、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸2-乙基己酯等胺基苯甲酸酯；N,N-二甲基對甲苯胺；4,4'-雙(二甲胺基)二苯甲酮(通稱米其勒酮)、4,4'-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4'-雙(乙基甲基胺基)二苯甲酮等烷基胺基二苯甲酮等，其中，較佳為烷基胺基二苯甲酮，較佳為4,4'-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮。亦可使用EAB-F(保土谷化學工業(股份)製造)等市售品。 作為上述烷氧基蒽化合物，可列舉：9,10-二甲氧基蒽、2-乙基-9,10-二甲氧基蒽、9,10-二乙氧基蒽、2-乙基-9,10-二乙氧基蒽、9,10-二丁氧基蒽、2-乙基-9,10-二丁氧基蒽等。 作為上述9-氧硫𠮿化合物，可列舉：2-異丙基9-氧硫𠮿、4-異丙基9-氧硫𠮿、2,4-二乙基9-氧硫𠮿、2,4-二氯9-氧硫𠮿、1-氯-4-丙氧基9-氧硫𠮿等。 作為上述羧酸化合物，可列舉：苯基硫基乙酸、甲基苯基硫基乙酸、乙基苯基硫基乙酸、甲基乙基苯基硫基乙酸、二甲基苯基硫基乙酸、甲氧基苯基硫基乙酸、二甲氧基苯基硫基乙酸、氯苯基硫基乙酸、二氯苯基硫基乙酸、N-苯基甘胺酸、苯氧基乙酸、萘基硫代乙酸、N-萘基甘胺酸、萘氧基乙酸等。 作為聚合起始助劑(D1)，較佳為9-氧硫𠮿化合物。 於使用該等聚合起始助劑(D1)之情形時，其含量相對於樹脂(B)及聚合性化合物(C)之合計量100質量份較佳為0.1～30質量份，更佳為1～20質量份。又，於使用聚合起始助劑(D1)之情形時，其含量相對於聚合起始劑(D)之合計量100質量份較佳為5～80質量份，更佳為10～60質量份，進而較佳為15～55質量份。若聚合起始助劑(D1)之量為該範圍內，則有可以更高感度形成著色圖案，彩色濾光片之生產性提高之傾向。 ＜硫醇化合物(T)＞ 本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物較佳為進而含有硫醇化合物(T)。 硫醇化合物(T)係於分子內具有巰基(-SH)之化合物。 作為於分子內具有1個巰基之化合物，例如可列舉：2-巰基唑、2-巰基噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并唑、2-巰基煙鹼酸、2-巰基吡啶、2-巰基吡啶-3-醇、2-巰基吡啶-N-氧化物、4-胺基-6-羥基-2-巰基嘧啶、4-胺基-6-羥基-2-巰基嘧啶、4-胺基-2-巰基嘧啶、6-胺基-5-亞硝基-2-硫尿嘧啶、4,5-二胺基-6-羥基-2-巰基嘧啶、4,6-二胺基-2-巰基嘧啶、2,4-二胺基-6-巰基嘧啶、4,6-二羥基-2-巰基嘧啶、4,6-二甲基-2-巰基嘧啶、4-羥基-2-巰基-6-甲基嘧啶、4-羥基-2-巰基-6-丙基嘧啶、2-巰基-4-甲基嘧啶、2-巰基嘧啶、2-硫尿嘧啶、3,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶-2-硫醇、4,5-二苯基咪唑-2-硫醇、2-巰基咪唑、2-巰基-1-甲基咪唑、4-胺基-3-肼基-5-巰基-1,2,4-三唑、3-胺基-5-巰基-1,2,4-三唑、2-甲基-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3-硫醇、4-甲基-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3-硫醇、3-巰基-1H-1,2,4-三唑-3-硫醇、2-胺基-5-巰基-1,3,4-噻二唑、5-胺基-1,3,4-噻二唑-2-硫醇、2,5-二巰基-1,3,4-噻二唑、(呋喃-2-基)甲硫醇、2-巰基-5-噻唑烷酮、2-巰基噻唑啉、2-巰基-4(3H)-喹唑啉酮、1-苯基-1H-四唑-5-硫醇、2-喹啉硫醇、2-巰基-5-甲基苯并咪唑、2-巰基-5-硝基苯并咪唑、6-胺基-2-巰基苯并噻唑、5-氯-2-巰基苯并噻唑、6-乙氧基-2-巰基苯并噻唑、6-硝基-2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基萘并咪唑、2-巰基萘并唑、3-巰基-1,2,4-三唑、4-胺基-6-巰基吡唑并[2,4-d]吡啶、2-胺基-6-嘌呤硫醇、6-巰基嘌呤、4-巰基-1H-吡唑并[2,4-d]嘧啶等。 作為於分子內具有2個以上巰基之化合物，可列舉：己二硫醇、癸二硫醇、1,4-雙(甲基硫基)苯、丁二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、丁二醇雙(3-巰基乙酸酯)、乙二醇雙(3-巰基乙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基乙酸酯)、丁二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基乙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基乙酸酯)、三羥基乙基三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,4-雙(3-巰基丁氧基)丁烷等。 作為硫醇化合物(T)，較佳為於分子內具有1個巰基之化合物，尤佳為2-巰基苯并噻唑。 關於硫醇化合物(T)之含量，相對於聚合起始劑(D)100質量份，較佳為0.5～20質量份，更佳為1～15質量份。若硫醇化合物(T)之含量為該範圍內，則有感度變高，又，顯影性變得良好之傾向。 ＜溶劑(E)＞ 本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物較佳為進而含有溶劑(E)。 溶劑(E)並無特別限定，可使用於該領域中通常使用之溶劑。例如可列舉：酯溶劑(分子內包含-COO-且不包含-O-之溶劑)、醚溶劑(分子內包含-O-且不包含-COO-之溶劑)、醚酯溶劑(分子內包含-COO-及-O-之溶劑)、酮溶劑(分子內包含-CO-且不包含-COO-之溶劑)、醇溶劑(分子內包含OH且不包含-O-、-CO-及-COO-之溶劑)、芳香族烴溶劑、醯胺溶劑、二甲基亞碸等。 作為酯溶劑，可列舉：乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、2-羥基異丁酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、環己醇乙酸酯及γ-丁內酯等。 作為醚溶劑，可列舉：乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、3-甲氧基-1-丁醇、3-甲氧基-3-甲基丁醇、四氫呋喃、四氫吡喃、1,4-二烷、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇甲基乙基醚、二乙二醇二丙醚、二乙二醇二丁醚、苯甲醚、苯乙醚及甲基苯甲醚等。 作為醚酯溶劑，可列舉：甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯及二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯等。 作為酮溶劑，可列舉：4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮、丙酮、2-丁酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、4-庚酮、4-甲基-2-戊酮、二丙酮醇、環戊酮、環己酮及異佛酮等。 作為醇溶劑，可列舉：甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇及甘油等。 作為芳香族烴溶劑，可列舉：苯、甲苯、二甲苯及均三甲苯等。 作為醯胺溶劑，可列舉：N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及N-甲基吡咯啶酮等。 於上述溶劑中，就塗佈性、乾燥性之方面而言，較佳為1 atm下之沸點為120℃以上且180℃以下之有機溶劑。作為溶劑，較佳為丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、丙二醇單甲醚、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二丙酮醇、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮及N,N-二甲基甲醯胺，更佳為丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、乳酸乙酯、二丙酮醇及3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯。 關於溶劑(E)之含有率，相對於本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物之總量，較佳為35～95質量%，更佳為40～92質量%。換言之，著色硬化性樹脂組合物之固形物成分之總量較佳為5～65質量%，更佳為8～60質量%。若溶劑(E)之含有率為上述範圍內，則有塗佈時之平坦性變得良好，又，由於形成彩色濾光片時色濃度不會不足故而顯示特性變得良好之傾向。 ＜調平劑(F)＞ 本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物亦可含有調平劑(F)。 作為調平劑(F)，可列舉聚矽氧系界面活性劑及氟系界面活性劑等。該等可於側鏈具有聚合性基。 作為聚矽氧系界面活性劑，可列舉於分子內具有矽氧烷鍵之界面活性劑等。具體而言，可列舉：Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(商品名：Dow Corning Toray(股份)製造)、KP321、KP322、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341(信越化學工業(股份)製造)、TSF400、TSF401、TSF410、TSF4300、TSF4440、TSF4445、TSF-4446、TSF4452及TSF4460(Momentive Performance Materials Japan公司製造)等。 作為上述氟系界面活性劑，可列舉於分子內具有氟碳鏈之界面活性劑等。具體而言，可列舉：Fluorad(註冊商標)FC430、Fluorad FC431(Sumitomo 3M(股份)製造)、MEGAFAC(註冊商標)F142D、MEGAFAC F171、MEGAFAC F172、MEGAFAC F173、MEGAFAC F177、MEGAFAC F183、MEGAFAC F554、MEGAFAC R30、MEGAFAC RS-718-K(DIC(股份)製造)、Eftop(註冊商標)EF301、Eftop EF303、Eftop EF351、Eftop EF352(三菱綜合材料電子化成(股份)製造)、Surflon(註冊商標)S381、Surflon S382、Surflon SC101、Surflon SC105(旭硝子(股份)製造)及E5844(Daikin Fine Chemical研究所(股份)製造)等。 作為聚矽氧系界面活性劑，進而，可列舉上述具有氟原子之聚矽氧系界面活性劑。作為具有氟原子之聚矽氧系界面活性劑，可列舉：MEGAFAC(註冊商標)R08、MEGAFAC BL20、MEGAFAC F475、MEGAFAC F477及MEGAFAC F443(DIC(股份)製造)等。 關於調平劑(F)之含有率，相對於著色硬化性樹脂組合物之總量，較佳為0.001質量%以上且0.2質量%以下，較佳為0.002質量%以上且0.1質量%以下，更佳為0.01質量%以上且0.05質量%以下。再者，該含有率中不包含上述顏料分散劑之含有率。若調平劑(F)之含有率為上述範圍內，則可使彩色濾光片之平坦性良好。 ＜其他成分＞ 本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物亦可視需要含有填充劑、其他高分子化合物、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、鏈轉移劑等該技術領域中所公知之添加劑。 ＜著色硬化性樹脂組合物之製造方法＞ 本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物例如可藉由將著色劑(A)、樹脂(B)、聚合性化合物(C)、聚合起始劑(D)、以及視需要使用之溶劑(E)、調平劑(F)、聚合起始助劑(D1)、硫醇化合物(T)及其他成分進行混合而製備。 於使用顏料(A2)之情形時，較佳為預先與溶劑(E)之一部分或全部混合，並使用珠磨機等分散至顏料之平均粒徑成為約0.2 μm以下。此時，亦可視需要調配上述顏料分散劑、樹脂(B)之一部分或全部。向如此獲得之顏料分散液中以成為特定濃度之方式混合剩餘之成分，藉此可製備目標著色硬化性樹脂組合物。 染料(A1)可預先分別溶解於溶劑(E)之一部分或全部中而製備溶液。較佳為利用孔徑0.01～1 μm左右之過濾器將該溶液進行過濾。 較佳為利用孔徑0.01～10 μm左右之過濾器將混合後之著色硬化性樹脂組合物進行過濾。 ＜彩色濾光片及液晶顯示裝置之製造方法＞ 作為由本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物形成彩色濾光片之方法，可列舉光微影法及使用噴墨機器之方法等。光微影法例如係如下方法：將本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物塗佈於基板上，去除溶劑等揮發成分等而使其乾燥而形成著色組合物層，經由光罩對該著色組合物層進行曝光，並進行顯影。於顯影後，視需要進行加熱，藉此可形成著色圖案。於上述著色圖案之形成方法中，藉由於曝光時不使用光罩及/或不進行顯影，可形成作為上述著色組合物層之硬化物之著色塗膜。可將如此獲得之著色圖案及著色塗膜設為彩色濾光片。 作為基板，可使用玻璃板、或樹脂板、矽、於上述基板上形成有鋁、銀、銀/銅/鈀合金薄膜等者。亦可於該等基板上形成其他彩色濾光片層、樹脂層、電晶體、電路等。 所製作之彩色濾光片之膜厚並無特別限定，可根據目標用途等而適當調整，例如為0.1～30 μm，較佳為1～20 μm，更佳為1～6 μm。 利用光微影法所進行之各色像素之形成可利用公知或慣用之裝置或條件進行。例如可以如下方式製作。 首先，將著色硬化性樹脂組合物塗佈於基板上，藉由進行加熱乾燥(預烘烤)及/或減壓乾燥而去除溶劑等揮發成分而使其乾燥，從而獲得平滑之著色組合物層。 作為塗佈方法，可列舉：旋轉塗佈法、狹縫式塗佈法、狹縫與旋轉式塗佈法等。 其次，對於著色組合物層經由用以形成目標著色圖案之光罩進行曝光。 為了可對曝光面整體均勻地照射平行光線，或為了進行光罩與形成有著色組合物層之基板之正確對位，較佳為使用光罩對準曝光機及步進式曝光機等曝光裝置。 藉由使曝光後之著色組合物層與顯影液接觸進行顯影，而於基板上形成著色圖案。藉由顯影，著色組合物層之未曝光部溶解於顯影液中而被去除。作為顯影液，例如較佳為氫氧化鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸鈉、氫氧化四甲基銨等鹼性化合物之水溶液。 顯影方法可為覆液法、浸漬法及噴霧法等之任一者。進而亦可於顯影時使基板傾斜為任意角度。 顯影後較佳為進行水洗。 進而，較佳為對所獲得之著色圖案進行後烘烤。 根據本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物，可製作圖案形狀尤其優異之彩色濾光片。該彩色濾光片係作為顯示裝置(例如液晶顯示裝置、有機EL裝置、電子紙等)及固體攝像元件中所使用之彩色濾光片而有用。 [實施例] 以下，列舉實施例更具體地說明本發明，但本發明當然不受下述實施例限制，當然亦可於可符合上述/下述宗旨之範圍內適當施加變更而實施，其等均包含於本發明之技術範圍中。再者，以下，只要未特別預先說明，則「份」意指「質量份」，「%」意指「質量%」。 [合成例1] 向具備冷卻管及攪拌裝置之燒瓶中投入式(A0-1)所表示之化合物及式(A0-2)所表示之化合物之混合物(商品名Chugai Aminol Fast Pink R；中外化成製造)15份、氯仿150份及N,N-二甲基甲醯胺8.9份，一面於攪拌下維持20℃以下，一面滴加亞硫醯氯10.9份。於滴加結束後，升溫至50℃，並於同溫度下維持5小時而進行反應，其後冷卻至20℃。一面將冷卻後之反應溶液於攪拌下維持為20℃以下，一面向該反應溶液中滴加2-乙基己基胺12.5份及三乙基胺22.1份之混合液。其後，於同溫度下攪拌5小時而進行反應。繼而，對所獲得之反應混合物利用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾去除溶劑後，向蒸餾去除溶劑後之反應混合物中添加少量甲醇並劇烈攪拌。將所獲得之混合物一面攪拌一面添加至離子交換水375份之混合液中，而使結晶析出。將所析出之結晶過濾分離，並利用離子交換水充分清洗，於60℃下進行減壓乾燥，而獲得染料(Aa-1)(式(A1-1)～式(A1-8)所表示之化合物之混合物)11.3份。 [化66] [化67] [合成例2] 使氮氣以0.02 L/分鐘通入至具備環流冷凝器、滴液漏斗及攪拌機之燒瓶內而形成氮氣環境，加入3-甲氧基-1-丁醇200質量份及乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯105質量份，一面攪拌一面加熱至70℃。繼而，使甲基丙烯酸60質量份、丙烯酸3,4-環氧三環[5.2.1.0 2,6]癸酯(式(BI-1)所表示之化合物及式(BII-1)所表示之化合物之莫耳比為50：50之混合物)240質量份溶解於乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯140質量份中而製備溶液，使用滴液漏斗歷時4小時將該溶解液滴加至保溫為70℃之燒瓶內。另一方面，使用另一滴液漏斗歷時4小時將使聚合起始劑2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)30質量份溶解於乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯225質量份中而成之溶液滴加至燒瓶內。於聚合起始劑溶液之滴加結束後，保持為70℃4小時，其後冷卻至室溫，而獲得固形物成分32.6質量%、酸值110 mg-KOH/g(固形物成分換算)之樹脂B'1溶液。所獲得之樹脂Aa之重量平均分子量Mw為13,400，分子量分佈為2.50。 [化68] 合成例中所獲得之樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)之測定係使用GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography，凝膠滲透層析)法於以下之條件下進行。 裝置：K2479(島津製作所(股份)製造) 管柱：SHIMADZU Shim-pack GPC-80M 管柱溫度：40℃ 溶劑：THF(四氫呋喃) 流速：1.0 mL/min 檢測器：RI 校正用標準物質：TSK聚苯乙烯標準品F-40、F-4、F-228、A-2500、A-500(Tosoh(股份)製造) 將上述所獲得之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量之比(Mw/Mn)設為分子量分佈。 實施例1～7、比較例1～6 [著色硬化性樹脂組合物之製備] 以成為表10所示之組成之方式混合各成分，而獲得著色硬化性樹脂組合物。 [表10]    實施例 比較例 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 著色劑(A) Aa-1 份 1.8 1.8 11.8 4.1 4.7 4.5 4.3 1.8 11.8 4.1 4.7 4.5 4.3 P1-1 份 5.1 5.1 21.9 17.4 26.5 25.4 24.3 5.1 21.9 17.4 26.5 25.4 24.3 丙烯酸系顏料分散劑 份 15 15 7.7 2.9 4.4 4.2 4.0 15 7.7 2.9 4.4 4.2 4.0 樹脂(B) 份 65 65 70 65 65 65 65 65 70 65 65 65 65 聚合性化合物(C) C-1 份 35 35                35                C-2 份       30 35             30 35          C-3 份             35 35 35          35 35 35 聚合起始劑(D) D-1 份 15 10 26 19 15 10 5                   D-2 份                      15 26 19 15 10 5 溶劑(E) E-1(註1) 份 120 135 669 530 535 511 488 120 669 530 535 511 488 調平劑(F) 份 0.07 0.07 0.12 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.07 0.12 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.10 溶劑(E) E-1(註2) 份 75 75 286 176 174 168 162 75 286 176 174 168 162 表10中，「P1-1」係使用與丙烯酸系顏料分散劑及「E-1(註2)」中所記載之量之丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯混合並預先分散而成者。 「E-1(註1)」欄表示包含(註2)之丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯含量之合計。 著色劑(A)：Aa-1：染料(Aa-1) 著色劑(A)：P1-1：C.I.顏料・藍15：6(顏料) 樹脂(B)：樹脂B'1(固形物成分換算) 聚合性化合物(C)：C-1：KAYARAD(註冊商標) DPHA(日本化藥(股份)製造) 聚合性化合物(C)：C-2：NK Ester A-TMM-3LM-N(新中村化學工業(股份)製造) 聚合性化合物(C)：C-3：NK Ester A-9550(新中村化學工業(股份)製造) 聚合起始劑(D)：D-1：式(d1-40)所表示之化合物 [化69] 聚合起始劑(D)：D-2：1,2-辛二酮,1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-,2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)(商品名Irgacure OXE01，Ciba Specialty Chemicals公司製造) 溶劑(E-1)：丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 調平劑(F)：聚醚改性聚矽氧油 (Toray Silicone SH8400：Dow Corning Toray(股份)製造) 按照日本專利特表2014-500852號公報中所記載之方法而製備上述式(d1-40)所表示之化合物。 [塗膜之形成1] 將2英吋見方之玻璃基板(Eagle XG；Corning公司製造)利用中性洗劑、水及醇依序清洗後進行乾燥。將上述所獲得之實施例1、2及比較例1之著色硬化性樹脂組合物分別以後烘烤後之膜厚成為3.0 μm之方式旋轉塗佈於該玻璃基板上，其次於潔淨烘箱中以190℃預烘烤3分鐘。其後，於230℃下加熱20分鐘而獲得塗膜。 [塗膜之形成2] 將2英吋見方之玻璃基板(Eagle XG；Corning公司製造)利用中性洗劑、水及醇依序清洗後進行乾燥。將上述所獲得之實施例1～7及比較例1～6之著色硬化性樹脂組合物分別以後烘烤後之膜厚成為2.5 μm之方式旋轉塗佈於該玻璃基板上，其次於潔淨烘箱中以190℃預烘烤3分鐘。其後，於230℃下加熱20分鐘而獲得塗膜。 [圖案之製作1] 於2英吋見方之玻璃基板(Eagle 2000；Corning公司製造)上分別以後烘烤後之膜厚成為2.0 μm之方式藉由旋轉塗佈法而塗佈實施例1、2及比較例1之著色硬化性樹脂組合物後，於100℃下預烘烤3分鐘而形成組合物層。於冷卻後，將形成有組合物層之基板與石英玻璃製光罩之間隔設為80 μm，使用曝光機(TME-150RSK；TOPCON(股份)製造)，於大氣環境下以40 mJ/cm 2之曝光量(365 nm基準)進行光照射。再者，作為光罩，使用形成有50 μm之線與間隙圖案者。使光照射後之組合物層於含有非離子性界面活性劑0.12%及氫氧化鉀0.04%之水溶液中於25℃下浸漬60秒而進行顯影，於水洗後，於烘箱中以230℃進行20分鐘後烘烤，藉此獲得圖案。對於所獲得之圖案，使用膜厚測定裝置(DEKTAK3；日本真空技術(股份)製造)測定膜厚，結果確認為2.0 μm。 [圖案之製作2] 於2英吋見方之玻璃基板(Eagle 2000；Corning公司製造)上分別以後烘烤後之膜厚成為2.5 μm之方式藉由旋轉塗佈法而塗佈實施例1～7及比較例1～6之著色硬化性樹脂組合物後，於100℃下預烘烤3分鐘而形成組合物層。於冷卻後，將形成有組合物層之基板與石英玻璃製光罩之間隔設為80 μm，使用曝光機(TME-150RSK；TOPCON(股份)製造)，於大氣環境下以40 mJ/cm 2之曝光量(365 nm基準)進行光照射。再者，作為光罩，使用形成有50 μm之線與間隙圖案者。使光照射後之組合物層於含有非離子性界面活性劑0.12%及氫氧化鉀0.04%之水溶液中於25℃下浸漬60秒而進行顯影，於水洗後，於烘箱中以230℃進行20分鐘後烘烤，藉此獲得圖案。對於所獲得之圖案，使用膜厚測定裝置(DEKTAK3；日本真空技術(股份)製造)測定膜厚。 [著色圖案形狀評價1] 對於圖案之製作1中所獲得之實施例1、2及比較例1之著色圖案，使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(S-4000；Hitachi High-Technologies(股份)製造，放大倍率10000倍)觀察形狀。圖1中，若為(p1)所示之形狀(○)，則有於著色圖案上積層無機膜時無機膜不易產生龜裂或剝離之傾向。將結果示於表11。 [著色圖案形狀評價2] 對於圖案之製作2中所獲得之由實施例1～7、比較例1～6之各組合物所獲得之著色圖案，使用掃描型電子顯微鏡(S-4000；Hitachi High-Technologies(股份)製造，放大倍率10000倍)觀察形狀。圖2中，若為(p3)所示之形狀(○)，則有於著色圖案上積層無機膜時無機膜不易產生龜裂或剝離之傾向。將結果示於表12。 ＜色度評價＞ 對於由實施例5～7之各組合物所獲得之著色圖案，使用測色機(OSP-SP-200；Olympus(股份)製造)測定分光，使用C光源之特性函數測定CIE之XYZ表色系統中之xy色度座標(x、y)與三刺激值Y。Y值越大表示亮度越高。將結果示於表12。 [表11]    實施例 比較例 1 2 1 圖案形狀 ○ ○ × [表12]    實施例 比較例 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 圖案形狀 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × × × × 膜厚(μm) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 色度 x             0.141 0.141 0.142                   y             0.076 0.076 0.076                   Y             8.00 8.18 8.44                   根據上述結果確認，藉由本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物所形成之圖案於圖案形狀方面優異。由此得知，根據本發明，可提供可製造顯示特性優異之顯示裝置之著色硬化性樹脂組合物。 [產業上之可利用性] 根據本發明，可提供一種可形成良好之著色圖案之著色硬化性樹脂組合物。 由本發明之著色硬化性樹脂組合物所獲得之圖案及塗膜係作為構成彩色濾光片基板及/或陣列基板之一部分之透明膜、圖案、感光性間隔件、保護層、絕緣膜、液晶配向控制用突起、微透鏡、塗層等而有用，可適宜地用於具備該等塗膜或圖案作為其構成零件之一部分之彩色濾光片基板、陣列基板等、進而具備該等彩色濾光片基板及/或陣列基板之顯示裝置、例如液晶顯示裝置、有機EL裝置、電子紙等。 The colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a colorant (A), a resin (B), a polymerizable compound (C), and a polymerization initiator (D). In this specification, the compounds exemplified as each component can be used alone or in combination of plural types unless otherwise specified in advance. ＜Coloring agent (A)＞ The colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains dyes and pigments as colorants (A). The above dyes are preferably selected from 𠮿At least one dye (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "dye (A1)") from the group consisting of dye (Aa), triarylmethane dye (Ab), a compound represented by formula (Ab2), and coumarin dye (Ac) ), preferably including 𠮿Dye (Aa). In this specification, the so-called dye refers to a pigment that is soluble in a solvent. 𠮿The dye (Aa) is contained in the molecule and has 𠮿The skeleton compound is a dye. as 𠮿Examples of the dye (Aa) include: C.I. acid red 51 (the description of C.I. acid red will be omitted below, and only the number will be described. Others are the same), 52, 87, 92, 94, 289, 388 and other C.I. acid reds Dyes; C.I. acid violet 9, 30, 102, etc. C.I. acid violet dyes; C.I. basic red 1 (rhodamine 6G), 2, 3, 4, 8, 10 (rhodamine B), 11, etc. C.I. basic red dyes; C.I. basic violet 10, 11, 25, etc. C.I. basic violet dyes; C.I. solvent red 218, etc. C.I. solvent red dyes; C.I. mordant red 27, etc. C.I. mordant red dyes; C.I. reactive red 36 (Rose Bengal B) and other C.I. reactions Sex red dye; Sulforhodamine G; described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-32999Dyes; and those described in Japanese Patent No. 4492760Dyes, etc. as 𠮿The dye (Aa) is preferably dissolved in an organic solvent. Among these, as 𠮿The dye (Aa) is preferably a dye containing a compound represented by formula (1a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (1a)"). Compound (1a) may also be a tautomer thereof. In the case of using compound (1a), 𠮿The content rate of the compound (1a) in the dye (Aa) is preferably 50 mass% or more, more preferably 70 mass% or more, and still more preferably 90 mass% or more. It is particularly preferable to use only compound (1a) as 𠮿Dye (Aa). [Chemical 4] [In formula (1a), R 1~R 4independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, and the methylene contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group base(-CH 2-) can be substituted with -O-, -CO- or -N(R 11)-. R 1and R 2Can become integrated to form a ring containing nitrogen atoms, R 3and R 4Can become integrated to form a ring containing nitrogen atoms. R 5Represents -OH, -SO 3 -,-SO 3H.-SO 3 -Z +,-CO 2H.-CO 2 -Z +,-CO 2R 8,-SO 3R 8or-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10). R 6and R 7Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. m represents an integer from 0 to 5. When m is 2 or more, plural R 5Can be the same or different. a represents an integer of 0 or 1. X represents a halogen atom. Z +express +N(R 11) 4,Na +or K +, 4 R 11Can be the same or different. R 8It represents a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom. R 9and R 10independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and -CH contained in the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group 2-can be substituted by -O-, -CO-, -NH- or -N(R 8)-, R 9and R 10They can bond with each other to form a 3 to 10-membered heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen atoms. R 11Indicates a hydrogen atom, a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms] In formula (1a), there exists -SO 3 -In this case, the quantity is 1. as R 1~R 4Examples of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms include: phenyl, toluyl group, xylyl,base, propylphenyl and butylphenyl, etc. Examples of substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include: halogen atom, -R 8,-OH,-OR 8,-SO 3 -,-SO 3H.-SO 3 -Z +,-CO 2H.-CO 2R 8,-SR 8,-SO 2R 8,-SO 3R 8or-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10), preferably these substituents replace the hydrogen atoms contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group. Among these, as the substituent, -SO is preferred 3 -,-SO 3H.-SO 3 -Z +,-SO 3R 8and-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10), preferably -SO 3 -Z +and-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10). As in this case-SO 3 -Z +, preferably -SO 3 - +N(R 11) 4. Also, as -SO 2N(R 9)(R 10), preferably -SO 2NHR 9. If R 1~R 4If these groups are used, a color filter with less generation of foreign matter and excellent heat resistance can be formed from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention containing the compound (1a). as R 1~R 4and R 8~R 11Examples of monovalent saturated hydrocarbon groups with 1 to 20 carbon atoms include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and dodecyl , hexadecyl, eicosyl and other linear alkyl groups; isopropyl, isobutyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 2-ethylhexyl and other branched alkyl groups; cyclopropyl, cyclopropyl Cyclic alkyl groups with 3 to 20 carbon atoms such as pentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, and tricyclodecanyl. R 1~R 4The hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted, for example, with an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a halogen atom as a substituent. as a substitute for R 1~R 4The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in the hydrogen atom of the saturated hydrocarbon group can be listed as R 1~R 4The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is the same as the exemplified group. R 9and R 10The hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted, for example, with a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom as a substituent. as R 1and R 2The ring formed by becoming one, and R 3and R 4Examples of the ring formed integrally include the following, and those that do not contain a double bond are more preferred. [Chemistry 5] AS-OR 8, examples include: methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy and eicosyloxy Alkoxy etc. as-co 2R 8Examples include alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, and eicosyloxycarbonyl. as-sr 8Examples include alkylthio groups such as methylthio group, ethylthio group, butylthio group, hexylthio group, decylthio group and eicosylthio group. as-SO 2R 8Examples include alkylsulfonyl groups such as methylsulfonyl group, ethylsulfonyl group, butylsulfonyl group, hexylsulfonyl group, decylsulfonyl group and eicosylsulfonyl group. as-SO 3R 8, examples include: methoxysulfonyl, ethoxysulfonyl, propoxysulfonyl, tert-butoxysulfonyl, hexyloxysulfonyl and eicosyloxysulfonyl Alkoxysulfonyl, etc. as-SO 3R 8of R 8, preferably a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a branched chain alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a 2-ethylhexyl group. It can form a color filter with less generation of foreign matter. as-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10), for example: sulfonamide group; N-Methylamine sulfonyl, N-ethylamine sulfonyl, N-propylamine sulfonyl, N-isopropylamine sulfonyl, N-butylamine sulfonyl, N-isobutyl Ammonium sulfonyl group, N-second butyl amine sulfonyl group, N-tert-butyl amine sulfonyl group, N-pentyl amine sulfonyl group, N-(1-ethylpropyl) amine sulfonyl group base, N-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(2,2-dimethylpropyl) )Amosulfonyl, N-(1-methylbutyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(2-methylbutyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(3-methylbutyl)aminesulfonyl , N-cyclopentylaminesulfonyl, N-hexylaminesulfonyl, N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(3,3-dimethylbutyl) Aminosulfonyl, N-heptylaminesulfonyl, N-(1-methylhexyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(1,4-dimethylpentyl)aminesulfonyl, N-octyl Sulfonamide group, N-(2-ethylhexyl) sulfonamide group, N-(1,5-dimethylhexyl) sulfonamide group, N-(1,1,2,2-tetramethyl Butyl) sulfamide group and other N-1 substituted sulfamide group; N,N-dimethylsulfonamide group, N,N-ethylmethylsulfonamide group, N,N-diethylsulfonamide group, N,N-propylmethylsulfonamide group, N,N-isopropylmethylsulfonamide, N,N-tert-butylmethylsulfonamide, N,N-butylethylaminesulfonyl, N,N-bis(1-methyl Propyl)amine sulfonyl group, N,N-heptyl methyl amine sulfonyl group, etc. N,N-2 substituted amine sulfonyl group, etc. In the above N-1 substituted aminesulfonyl group, as R 8, preferably a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a branched chain alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a 2-ethylhexyl group. It can form a color filter with less generation of foreign matter. as R 5, preferably -CO 2H.-CO 2 -Z +,-CO 2R 8,-SO 3 -,-SO 3 -Z +,-SO 3H or -SO 2NHR 9, better -SO 3 -,-SO 3 -Z +,-SO 3H or -SO 2NHR 9. m is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2. as R 6and R 7Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include those having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl groups listed above. where, as R 6,R 7, preferably a hydrogen atom. as R 11Examples of aralkyl groups having 7 to 10 carbon atoms include benzyl, phenylethyl, phenylbutyl, etc. as R 11, preferably a saturated hydrocarbon group or benzyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Z +for +N(R 11) 4,Na +or K +, preferably +N(R 11) 4. As above +N(R 11) 4, preferably 4 R 11At least 2 of them are monovalent saturated hydrocarbon groups having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. Also, 4 R’s 11The total number of carbon atoms is preferably 20 to 80, more preferably 20 to 60. Exists in compound (1a) +N(R 11) 4In the situation, if R 11With these groups, a color filter with less foreign matter can be formed from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention containing the compound (1a). m is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2. as R 1~R 4combination, preferably R 1and R 3is a hydrogen atom and R 2and R 4It is a combination of aromatic hydrocarbon groups having monovalent substituents with 6 to 10 carbon atoms. As a substituent for the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group, -SO is preferred 3 -,-SO 3H.-SO 3 -Z +,-SO 3R 8or-SO 2NHR 9, better -SO 3 -Z +or-SO 2NHR 9. These substituents are regarded as substituting hydrogen atoms contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group. as R 1~R 4The combination of R is also better 1~R 4They are all combinations of monovalent saturated hydrocarbon groups. In this case, the saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. Also, as R 1~R 4The combination of R is also better 1and R 3is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R 2and R 4It is a combination of phenyl groups which may have substituents. In this case, R 1Can be replaced with R 2The substituents of the phenyl group form a ring, R 3Can be replaced with R 4The substituents of the phenyl group form a ring. Also, R 1and R 3The carbon numbers are preferably 1 to 3 independently of each other. as R 1,R 3The substituent of the hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom. Also, as R 2and R 4The phenyl group may have a substituent, which is preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an alkylsulfonyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is more preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms. ~4 alkyl groups, more preferably methyl groups. Replaces R 2and R 4The number of substituents of the phenyl group is 0 to 5, preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. as can be substituted for the above R 2and R 4Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the phenyl group include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, etc. Also, as an alternative to the above R 2and R 4Examples of the alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the phenyl group include methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, butylthio and isopropylthio. Furthermore, as an alternative to the above R 2and R 4Alkyl sulfonyl groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the phenyl group include: methylsulfonyl group, ethylsulfonyl group, propylsulfonyl group, butylsulfonyl group, isopropylsulfonyl group, etc. . Examples of the compound (1a) include compounds represented by formula (1-1) to formula (1-43). Furthermore, in the formula, R 40It represents a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a branched chain alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably a 2-ethylhexyl group. [Chemical 6] [Chemical 7] [Chemical 8] [Chemical 9] [Chemical 10] [Chemical 11] [Chemical 12] [Chemical 13] as 𠮿The dye (Aa) further includes an aromatic heterocyclic ring having 3 to 9 carbon atoms bonded to 𠮿A compound with the structure of the 9th carbon in the ring. The aromatic heterocyclic ring may have a substituent. as 𠮿The dye (Aa) is preferably a compound represented by formula (1-1) to formula (1-8), or a quaternary ammonium salt of C.I. acid red 289 (for example, formula (1-11) or formula (1-12) The compounds represented), the sulfonamide compound of C.I. acid violet 102 and the quaternary ammonium salt of C.I. acid violet 102 are preferably compounds represented by formulas (1-1) to formula (1-8), and compounds represented by formula ( 1-11) and compounds represented by formula (1-12). Furthermore, in terms of excellent solubility in organic solvents, compounds represented by any one of Formula (1-24) to Formula (1-33) are also preferred. 𠮿The dye (Aa) can be commercially availableDyes (such as "Chugai Aminol Fast Pink R-H/C" manufactured by Chugai Kasei Co., Ltd., "Rhodamin 6G" manufactured by Tagoka Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Also, it can also be sold commercially𠮿The dye was used as a starting material and was synthesized with reference to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-32999. About 𠮿The content of the dye (Aa) in 100 parts by mass of the dye (A1) is preferably 50 parts by mass or more, more preferably 80 parts by mass or more, further preferably 90 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 99 parts by mass or more. And preferably it is 100 parts by mass or less. Triarylmethane dyes (Ab) are dyes containing compounds having a structure in which three aromatic groups are bonded to one carbon atom. Specific examples of the aromatic group include aromatic hydrocarbon groups. Examples of triarylmethane dyes (Ab) include: C.I. Solvent Blue 2, 4, 5, 43, 124; C.I. Basic Violet 3, 14, 25; C.I. Basic Blue 1, 5, 7, 11, 26 and Triarylmethane dyes described in Japanese Patent No. 4492760, etc. Those soluble in organic solvents are preferred. Among these, as the triarylmethane dye (Ab), a dye containing a compound represented by formula (Ab1) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "compound (Ab1)") is preferred. [Chemical 14] [In formula (Ab1), R 1A~R 8AEach independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, or a saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms. When the carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group is 2 to 20, the methylene group constituting the saturated hydrocarbon group can be Substituted by oxygen atom or -CO-. R 9A~R 12AEach independently represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group with 7 to 30 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. In the saturated hydrocarbon group The hydrogen atoms contained can be substituted with substituted or unsubstituted amino groups or halogen atoms. When the carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group is 2 to 20, the methylene group contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group can be substituted. is an oxygen atom or -CO-. R 9Awith R 10ACan be bonded to form a ring together with the nitrogen atoms to which it is bonded, R 11Awith R 12ACan be bonded to form a ring together with the nitrogen atoms to which it is bonded. A represents an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. [G] g-Represents any g-valent counteranion. g represents 0 or any natural number] Furthermore, in formula (Ab1), when g is a natural number of 2 or more, the cations in formula (Ab1) may have the same structure or different structures. R 1A~R 12AThe represented saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably chain. as R 1A~R 12AThe represented saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms can be listed as R 1The saturated hydrocarbon group is the same as the exemplified group. R 1A~R 12AThe number of carbon atoms of the saturated hydrocarbon group represented is more preferably 1 to 10, further preferably 1 to 8. Yu R 1A~R 12AWhen the carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group is 2 to 20, the methylene group contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom or -CO-, preferably with an oxygen atom. Furthermore, an oxygen atom may be inserted between the methylene groups constituting the saturated hydrocarbon group. The preferred carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group in which the methylene group may be substituted by an oxygen atom or -CO- is 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and still more preferably 2 to 6. As the saturated hydrocarbon group in which the methylene group can be substituted with an oxygen atom, a linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon group (i.e. a linear or branched alkyl group) is preferred, and a linear saturated hydrocarbon group (i.e. a straight chain alkyl group) is more preferred. chain alkyl). Furthermore, when the methylene group is substituted by an oxygen atom or -CO-, the number of carbon atoms between the terminal and the oxygen atom or -CO-, or between the oxygen atom or -CO- and the oxygen atom or -CO- is preferably 1 to 4, preferably 2 to 3. as R 9A~R 12AThe alkyl group may have a substituted or unsubstituted amine group, examples of which include: amine group; N-methylamino group, N-ethylamino group, N-phenylamino group, N,N-dimethylamine base, N,N-diethylamino group, etc. Also, as R 9A~R 12AThe saturated hydrocarbon group may have halogen atoms, such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom. Also, R 9A~R 12AThe carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and still more preferably 6 to 12. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenyl, toluyl group, xylyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, biphenyl, terphenyl and the like. In addition, the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituents include: halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, iodine atom and bromine atom; carbon atoms such as methoxy group and ethoxy group. Alkoxy groups with 1 to 6 carbon atoms; hydroxyl groups; amine sulfonyl groups; methylsulfonyl groups and other alkyl sulfonyl groups with 1 to 6 carbon atoms; methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl groups with 2 to 6 carbon atoms; Alkoxycarbonyl, etc. Furthermore, R 9A~R 12AThe aralkyl group represented has a carbon number of 7 to 30, more preferably 7 to 20, even more preferably 7 to 17. as R 9A~R 12AThe aralkyl groups represented can be enumerated as follows: as R 9A~R 12AThe aromatic hydrocarbon group described above is bonded with alkyldiyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methylene, ethylidene, and propylene. where, as R 1A~R 8A, preferably a hydrogen atom or a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group), more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. Also, R 9A~R 12AEach independently preferably is a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group) which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by A include aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as phenyl, toluyl, xylyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, biphenyl, and terphenyl. hydrocarbyl. Examples of substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by A may have include: halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, and iodine atoms; substituted or unsubstituted amino groups; hydroxyl groups; sulfo groups; -SO 3 -;-SO 3J et al. Examples of substituents that can be substituted for the above-mentioned amino group include: alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which can be substituted with an amino group or a halogen atom; aryl groups such as phenyl groups, which can be substituted with alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, etc. . Among these, A is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Examples of J include inorganic cations and organic cations. Specific examples include Z in the above compound (1a) +The same cation and the cation of the following formula, etc. [Chemical 16] [G] g-Represents g-valent anion. g may be 0, and is usually 1-14, preferably 1-12, more preferably 1-10, further preferably 1-6, especially 1-4. as [G] g-, can include anions represented by formula (y1), formula (y2) or formula (y3). [Chemical 17] [In the formula, R B1Represents a 1-valent organic radical. R B2and R B3Represents halogen atom or halogenated hydrocarbon group, R B2and R B3Can bond with each other to form -SO 2-N --SO 2-The ring. R B4and R B5Represents a divalent organic radical. M1 represents aluminum atom or boron atom] R B2or R B3The halogenated hydrocarbon group represented is preferably a fluorinated hydrocarbon group, and more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. R B4or R B5The divalent organic group represented is preferably a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the anion represented by formula (y1) include methanesulfonate anion, toluenesulfonate anion, dodecylbenzenesulfonate anion, triflate anion, perfluorobutanesulfonate anion, and the like. Examples of the anion represented by formula (y2) include anions represented by the following formula. [Chemical 18] Examples of the anion represented by the formula (y3) include anions represented by the following formula. [Chemical 19] Furthermore, as [G] g-, examples include: halide ions, resins with sulfonate anions, triperfluoroalkylsulfonylmethylate anions, etc. Examples of the compound represented by formula (Ab1) include compounds represented by the following formula. In the following formula, J has the same meaning as above. [Chemistry 20] [Chemistry 21] [Chemistry 22] When the triarylmethane dye (Ab) is contained, its content is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 99 parts by mass or less in 100 parts by mass of the dye (A1). The compound represented by formula (Ab2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (Ab2)) also includes its tautomer. [Chemistry 23] [In formula (Ab2), R 41~R 44Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group with 7 to 30 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. In the saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 20, the hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group can be substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted amino group or halogen atom. When the carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group is 2 to 20, the The methylene group contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom or -CO-. R 41with R 42Can be bonded to form a ring together with the nitrogen atoms to which it is bonded, R 43with R 44Can be bonded to form a ring together with the nitrogen atoms to which it is bonded. R 47~R 54Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. When the alkyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, the methylene group constituting the alkyl group can be Substituted by oxygen atom or -CO-, R 48with R 52Can bond with each other to form -NH-, -S- or SO 2-. Ring T 1Indicates an aromatic heterocyclic ring having 3 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. [Y] m-Represents any m-valent anion. m represents any natural number. In formula (Ab2), when m is 2 or more, the cations in formula (Ab2) may have the same structure or different structures. The above ring T 1The aromatic heterocyclic ring can be a single ring or a condensed ring. Ring T 1The represented aromatic heterocyclic ring has a carbon number of 3 to 10, preferably 3 to 8. Moreover, the aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5- to 10-membered ring, more preferably a 5- to 9-membered ring. Examples of the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring include: pyrrole ring,Five-membered rings containing nitrogen atoms such as azole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, and thiazole ring; five-membered rings that do not contain nitrogen atoms such as furan ring and thiophene ring; pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, andring, pyridineRings and other 6-membered rings containing nitrogen atoms. Examples of aromatic heterocyclic condensed rings include: indole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzothiazole ring, quinoline ring and other condensed rings containing nitrogen atoms; benzo Furan rings and other rings that do not contain nitrogen atoms. as a ring T 1The substituents that the aromatic heterocycle may have include: halogen atom, cyano group, a saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms) which may have a substituent, and may have a substituent. The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, etc., preferably a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), A substituted or unsubstituted amino group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Among them, as the ring T 1The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen atoms, and more preferably a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen atoms. Also, ring T 1Furthermore, the ring represented by formula (Ab2-x1) is more preferable. [Chemical 25] [In formula (Ab2-x1), Ring T 2Represents an aromatic heterocyclic ring with 3 to 10 carbon atoms. R 45and R 46Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group with 7 to 30 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. In the saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 20, the hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group can be substituted with a substituted or unsubstituted amino group or halogen atom. When the carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group is 2 to 20, the The methylene group contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom or -CO-. R 45with R 46Can be bonded to form a ring together with the nitrogen atoms to which it is bonded. R 55It represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. k1 means 0 or 1. *Indicates the bond with the carbocation] Furthermore, ring T 1Particularly preferred is the ring represented by formula (Ab2-y1). [Chemical 26] [In formula (Ab2-y1), R 56It represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. X2 represents oxygen atom, -N(R 57)-or sulfur atom. R 57Represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. R 45and R 46Same meaning as above. *Indicates the bond with the carbocation] In the above formula, ring T 2The aromatic heterocycles can be enumerated with ring T 1The same ring as the aromatic heterocyclic ring exemplified in . Also, ring T 1Also preferred is a ring represented by formula (Ab2-x2). [Chemical 27] [In formula (Ab2-x2), Ring T 3Represents an aromatic heterocyclic ring with 3 to 10 carbon atoms containing nitrogen atoms. R 58It represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R 59It represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. k2 represents 0 or 1. *Indicates the bond with the carbocation] Ring T 1Furthermore, the ring represented by formula (Ab2-y2) is more preferable. [Chemical 28] [In formula (Ab2-y2), R 60It represents a hydrogen atom, a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R 59Same meaning as above. *Indicates the bond with the carbocation] R 41~R 46,R 55,R 56and R 58~R 60The saturated hydrocarbon group represented may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Moreover, the number of carbon atoms in the saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 8, further preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 4. as R 41~R 46,R 55,R 56and R 58~R 60The represented saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms can be listed as R 1The saturated hydrocarbon group represented is the same as the exemplified group. Moreover, the carbon number of the chain saturated hydrocarbon group (alkyl group) is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6, and still more preferably 1 to 4. Furthermore, the carbon number of the cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group (alicyclic saturated hydrocarbon group) is preferably 3 to 10, more preferably 6 to 10. Also, in R 41~R 46When the carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group is 2 to 20, the methylene group contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom or -CO-, preferably with an oxygen atom. Furthermore, an oxygen atom may be inserted between the methylene groups constituting the saturated hydrocarbon group. In this case, the saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon group (i.e., a linear or branched alkyl group), and more preferably a linear saturated hydrocarbon group (i.e., a linear alkyl group). ). The preferred carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group in which the methylene group may be substituted by an oxygen atom or -CO- is 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8. Furthermore, when the methylene group is substituted by an oxygen atom or -CO-, the number of carbon atoms between the terminal and the oxygen atom or -CO-, or between the oxygen atom or -CO- and the oxygen atom or -CO- is preferably 1 to 4, preferably 2 to 3. R 41~R 46,R 55,R 56and R 58~R 60The saturated hydrocarbon groups represented may be substituted by substituted or unsubstituted amino groups or halogen atoms. Examples of the substituted amino group include alkylamine groups such as dimethylamino group and diethylamine group. Examples of the halogen atom include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Also, when the halogen atom is a fluorine atom, R 41~R 46,R 55,R 56and R 58~R 60The represented saturated hydrocarbon group substituted by a halogen atom (fluorine atom) is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group such as trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, etc. as R 59The alkyl group represented may have a substituent, such as a halogen atom, a cyano group, etc. Also, as R 41~R 46,R 55,R 56,R 58~R 60The optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon groups represented can be listed with R 9AThe same radical as the optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group represented. The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 10. As the aromatic hydrocarbon group, a phenyl group, a toluyl group, a xylyl group, and a naphthyl group are preferred. In addition, the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have one or more substituents. as R 41~R 46,R 59The represented optionally substituted aralkyl group can be enumerated with R 9AThe same radical as the optionally substituted aralkyl group represented. as R 57The alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms represented includes R 9AAmong the linear or branched alkyl groups exemplified in, those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, etc. Yu R 41~R 46,R 55,R 56,R 58~R 60Among the groups represented, examples of the substituents in the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group and the above-mentioned aralkyl group include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, and iodine atom, and carbon atoms having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methoxy group and ethoxy group. Alkoxy; hydroxyl; alkyl groups with 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methyl and ethyl groups; alkyl sulfonyl groups with 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methylsulfonyl group; methoxycarbonyl, ethyl Alkoxycarbonyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as oxycarbonyl group, etc. R 47~R 54The represented alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably chain, and examples thereof include R 1Among the linear, branched and cyclic alkyl groups exemplified in, those having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, etc. Yu R 47~R 54When the alkyl group represented has a carbon number of 2 to 8, the methylene group constituting the alkyl group is substituted by an oxygen atom or -CO- (preferably a group substituted by an oxygen atom). Enumeration self-constitutes the above R 41~R 46The methylene group of the alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is substituted by an oxygen atom or a -CO- group selected from the group having 8 or less carbon atoms. In this group, an oxygen atom may also be inserted between the methylene groups constituting the saturated hydrocarbon group. where, as R 41~R 44,R 55,R 56,R 58,R 59, preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group), and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Also, as R 47~R 54, each independently preferably is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and each independently preferably is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. Furthermore, as R 56, preferably a saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group), or an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, more preferably a saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 8 carbon atoms (preferably an alkyl group), or An aromatic hydrocarbon group that may be substituted by a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a methylsulfonyl group. as R 57, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the cation in formula (Ab2) include cation 1 to cation 12 represented by formula (Ab2-I) and having the substituents shown in Table 1. In the table, * indicates a bonded key. [Chemical 29] [Table 1] R 41 R 42 R 43 R 44 R 45 R 46 R 56 X2 cation 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 Ph2 Ph3 *-S-* cation 2 CH 2 CH 3 Ph1 CH 2 CH 3 Ph1 CH 2 CH 3 Ph2 Ph3 *-S-* cation 3 CH 2 CH 3 Ph1 CH 2 CH 3 Ph1 CH 2 CH 3 Ph2 Ph4 *-S-* cation 4 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 Ph2 Ph1 *-S-* cation 5 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 Ph2 Ph5 * -S- * cation 6 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 Ph2 Ph6 * -S- * cation 7 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 *-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 *-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 Ph6 *-S-* cation 8 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 *-CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 3 *-CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 3 Ph7 * -S- * cation 9 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 *-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - * Ph8 *-S-* cation 10 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 *-CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -* Ph9 * -S- * cation 11 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 (CH 3 ) 2 Ph1 Ph1 *-S-* cation 12 CH 3 Ph1 CH 3 Ph1 CH 2 CH 3 Ph2 Ph3 * -S- * In Table 1, Ph1 to Ph9 mean groups represented by the following formulas. In the formula, * represents the bonding bond. [Chemical 30] Examples of the cation in the formula (Ab2) include cations 13 to 16 represented by the formula (Ab2-II) and having the substituents shown in Table 2. In the table, * indicates a bonded key. [Chemical 31] [Table 2] R 41 R 42 R 43 R 4 4 R 59 R 60 cation 13 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 3 Ph1 cation 14 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 CH 2 CH 3 (CH 2 ) 5 CH 3 Ph10 cation 15 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 3 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 3 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 3 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 3 CH 3 Ph1 cation 16 CH 2 CH 3 Ph1 CH 2 CH 3 Ph1 (CH 2 ) 5 CH 3 Ph11 In Table 2, Ph1, Ph10 and Ph11 mean a group represented by the following formula. In the formula, * represents the bonding bond. [Chemical 32] As the cation of formula (Ab2), cation 1 to cation 6, cation 11, or cation 12 are preferred, and cation 1, cation 2, or cation 12 is more preferred. [Y] m-Represents m-valent anion. m can be 0, preferably 1 to 14, more preferably 1 to 12, still more preferably 1 to 10, further preferably 1 to 6, particularly preferably 1 to 4. as [Y] m-, can be enumerated as [G] g-Examples of the anions include those represented by formula (y4), formula (y5), or formula (y6). [Chemical 33] [In the formula, R B6Represents a divalent organic radical. R B7Represents a 3-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group. n represents a natural number] Examples of the anion represented by the formula (y4) include methanesulfonate anion, propylenedisulfonate anion, toluenedisulfonate anion, naphthalenedisulfonate anion, and anions represented by the following formula. [Chemical 34] Examples of the anion represented by formula (y6) include anions represented by the following formula. In the formula, n represents a natural number. [Chemical 35] As the anion in the formula (Ab2), among the anions exemplified above, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferable to select a boron-containing anion, an aluminum-containing anion, and a fluorine-containing anion. Examples of the compound (Ab2) include compounds represented by the following formula. [Chemical 36] [Chemical 37] [Chemical 38] [Chemical 39] [Chemical 40] [Chemical 41] [Chemical 42] When the compound represented by Formula (Ab2) is contained, its content is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 99 parts by mass or less in 100 parts by mass of the dye (A1). Coumarin dye (Ac) is a dye containing a compound having a coumarin skeleton in the molecule. Examples of coumarin dyes (Ac) include: C.I. Acid Yellow 227, 250; C.I. Disperse Yellow 82, 184; C.I. Solvent Orange 112; C.I. Solvent Yellow 160, 172; the fragrance described in Japanese Patent No. 1299948 Soybean dyes, etc. Those soluble in organic solvents are preferred. Among these, as the coumarin dye, for example, a compound represented by formula (Ac1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (Ac1)") is preferred. [Chemical 43] [In formula (Ac1), X CRepresents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R 1CEach independently represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. When the carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group is 2 to 20, the methylene group constituting the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom. R 2C~R 13CEach independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amide group, an amide sulfonyl group, and -SO 3M.-CO 2M, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, amine group, monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the methylene group constituting the hydrocarbon group can be substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, -N(R 14C)-, sulfonyl group or carbonyl group, the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group can be substituted by a halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, amine methane group, amine sulfonyl group, -SO 3M.-CO 2M, hydroxyl, formyl or amine group. R 14CRepresents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, when there are multiple R 14Csituation, they may be the same or different. M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom. L CIndicates a divalent hydrocarbon group or sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms] R 1CThe saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably chain. Specifically, one can enumerate and as R 1The saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is the same as the exemplified group. Also, in R 1CWhen the carbon number of the saturated hydrocarbon group is 2 to 20, the methylene group contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an oxygen atom. Furthermore, an oxygen atom may be inserted between the methylene groups constituting the saturated hydrocarbon group. as R 2C~R 14CExamples of monovalent hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include monovalent saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, monovalent unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. . Examples of the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include R 1The monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is the same as the exemplified group. Examples of the monovalent unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include vinyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, and decenyl. Linear alkenyl groups such as alkenyl, undecenyl, dodecenyl, hexadecenyl, octadecenyl, and eicosenoyl; rings such as cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl Alkenyl etc. Moreover, examples of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms include R 1The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is the same as the exemplified group. as L CExamples of divalent hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include divalent saturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, divalent unsaturated hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Take R 2COne hydrogen atom contained in the monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms serves as a bonding base, etc. Furthermore, the plural R 1C~R 13CThe respective bases are preferably the same. where, as R 1C, preferably a chain alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a chain alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. as R 2C~R 6C, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, even more preferably a hydrogen atom or a chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. alkyl. as R 7C~R 13C, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. as L C, preferably a sulfonyl group or a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methylene or propylene. Also, L CThe divalent hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Also, as X C, especially oxygen atoms. Examples of the compound (Ac1) include compounds represented by the following formula. [Chemical 44] [Chemical 45] When a coumarin dye (Ac) is contained, its content is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 99 parts by mass or less in 100 parts by mass of the dye (A1). Examples of dyes other than the dye (A1) include compounds classified as having a hue other than pigments in the Dye Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colourists), or those described in the Dyeing Notes (published by The Society of Dyers and Colourists). of dye. Furthermore, based on the chemical structure, examples include azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, anthraquinone dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, methine azo dyes, and squarylium dyes. , acridine dyes, styrene-based dyes, quinoline dyes and nitro dyes, etc. Among these, those soluble in organic solvents are preferred. Specifically, it can be enumerated: C.I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 25, 38, 62, 63, 68, 79, 81, 82, 83, 89, 94, 98, 99, 162; C.I. Solvent Orange 2, 7, 11, 15, 26, 41, 54, 56, 99; C.I. Solvent Red 24, 49, 90, 91, 111, 118, 119, 122, 124, 125, 127, 130, 132, 143, 145, 146, 150, 151, 155, 160, 168, 169, 172, 175 ,181,207,222,227,230,245,247; C.I. Solvent Violet 11, 13, 14, 26, 31, 36, 37, 38, 45, 47, 48, 51, 59, 60; C.I. Solvent Blue 14, 18, 35, 36, 45, 58, 59, 59: 1, 63, 68, 69, 78, 79, 83, 94, 97, 98, 100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 111 ,112,122,128,132,136,139; C.I. solvent green 1, 3, 5, 28, 29, 32, 33, etc. C.I. solvent dye; C.I. Acid Yellow 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23, 25, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 54, 65, 72, 73, 76, 79, 98, 99, 111, 112 ,113,114,116,119,123,128,134,135,138,139,140,144,150,155,157,160,161,163,168,169,172,177,178,179,184 , 190, 193, 196, 197, 199, 202, 203, 204, 205, 207, 212, 214, 220, 221, 228, 230, 232, 235, 238, 240, 242, 243, 251; C.I. acid orange 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 26, 50, 51, 52, 56, 62, 63, 64, 74, 75, 94, 95, 107, 108, 149, 162, 169, 173; C.I. Acid red 73, 80, 91, 97, 138, 151, 211, 274; C.I. Acid Green 3, 5, 9, 25, 27, 28, 41; C.I. acid violet 34, 120; C.I. acid blue 25, 27, 40, 45, 78, 80, 112, etc. C.I. acid dyes; C.I. basic green 1 and other C.I. basic dyes; C.I. Reactive Yellow 2, 76, 116; C.I. reactive orange 16 and other C.I. reactive dyes; C.I. Direct Yellow 2, 4, 28, 33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 43, 44, 47, 50, 54, 58, 68, 69, 70, 71, 86, 93, 94, 95, 98, 102 ,108,109,129,132,136,138,141; C.I. Direct Orange 26, 34, 39, 41, 46, 50, 52, 56, 57, 61, 64, 65, 68, 70, 96, 97, 106, 107; C.I. direct blue 40 and other C.I. direct dyes; C.I. Disperse Yellow 51, 54, 76; C.I. Disperse Violet 26, 27; C.I. disperse blue 1, 14, 56, 60, etc. C.I. disperse dyes; As C.I. mordant dye, C.I. Mordant Yellow 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 26, 30, 31, 33, 42, 43, 45, 56, 61, 62, 65; C.I. Mordant Orange 3, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14, 20, 21, 23, 24, 28, 29, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 42, 43, 47, 48, etc. C.I. Mordant Dyes ; C.I. Vat green 1, etc. C.I. Vat dyes, etc. Among the dyes, the content rate of the dye (A1) in the total amount of the dye is preferably 70 mass% or more and 100 mass% or less, more preferably 80 mass% or more and 100 mass% or less, and still more preferably 85 mass% or more. And less than 100% by mass. The colorant (A) further contains a pigment (A2). The pigment (A2) is not particularly limited, and publicly known pigments can be used. For example, pigments classified as pigments in the Dye Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colourists) can be used alone or in combination with 2 Used in combination with the above. Examples of pigments include: C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 53, 83, 86, 93, 94, 109, 110, 117, 125, 128 , 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 153, 154, 166, 173, 194, 214 and other yellow pigments; C.I. Pigment Orange 13, 31, 36, 38, 40, 42, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 64, 65, 71, 73 and other orange pigments; C.I. Pigment Red 9, 97, 105, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, 176, 177, 180, 192, 209, 215, 216, 224, 242, 254, 255, 264, 265 and other red pigments; C.I. Pigment blue 15, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 60 and other blue pigments; C.I. Pigment Purple 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38 and other purple pigments; C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58 and other green pigments; C.I. Pigment Brown 23, 25 and other brown pigments; C.I. Pigment Black 1, 7 and other black pigments, etc. Among them, as the pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment is preferred, a copper phthalocyanine pigment and a zinc phthalocyanine pigment are more preferred, and a halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigment and a zinc phthalocyanine pigment are further preferred, and a halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigment is particularly preferred. Moreover, as a pigment, a blue pigment or a green pigment is preferable, and a blue pigment is more preferable. Specifically, blue pigments such as C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, and 60 are preferred, and C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, etc. are preferred. Halogenated copper phthalocyanine blue pigment, especially C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6. By containing the above-mentioned pigments, it is easier to optimize the transmission spectrum, and the light resistance and chemical resistance of the color filter become good. Pigments can also be subjected to rosin treatment if necessary, surface treatment using pigment derivatives introducing acidic or basic groups, grafting treatment on the pigment surface using polymer compounds, etc., sulfuric acid micronization, etc. Micronization treatment, cleaning treatment using organic solvents or water to remove impurities, removal treatment of ionic impurities using ion exchange method, etc. The pigment preferably has a uniform particle size. By containing a pigment dispersant and performing a dispersion treatment, a pigment dispersion in which the pigment is uniformly dispersed in the solution can be obtained. Examples of the pigment dispersant include surfactants, which may be any of cationic, anionic, nonionic, and amphoteric surfactants. Specific examples include polyester-based, polyamine-based, acrylic-based surfactants, and the like. These pigment dispersants may be used alone or in combination of two or more types. Examples of pigment dispersants include trade names: KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Flowlen (manufactured by Kyeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Solsperse (registered trademark) (manufactured by Zeneca Co., Ltd.), EFKA (BASF Corporation) (manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.), Ajisper (registered trademark) (manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.), Disperbyk (registered trademark) (manufactured by BYK-Chemie Corporation), etc. When the pigment dispersion liquid contains a pigment dispersant, its content is preferably 1 mass % or more and 500 mass % or less, more preferably 5 mass % or more and 300 mass % or less based on the total amount of the pigment (A2). When the content of the pigment dispersant is within the above range, a pigment dispersion liquid in a uniform dispersed state tends to be obtained. The content ratio of dye (A1) to pigment (A2) (dye (A1): pigment (A2)) is 1:99 to 89:11 on a mass basis, preferably 1:99 to 70:30, more preferably 1:99～50:50, more preferably 5:95～50:50. Furthermore, the pigment content is preferably 1 mass% or more, more preferably 1.5 mass% or more, and preferably 50 mass% or less, more preferably 40 mass% or less, based on the total amount of solid components. Furthermore, it is more preferable that it is 30 mass % or less. If the pigment content is within the above range, a color filter with good chromaticity can be obtained. In the colorant (A), examples of combinations of the dye (A1) and the pigment (A2) include the following combinations. Examples of the combination when preparing the colored curable resin composition of the present invention into a red colored curable resin composition include a coumarin dye (Ac) and a red pigment. Examples of combinations when preparing the colored curable resin composition of the present invention into a green colored curable resin composition include: a combination of a coumarin dye (Ac) and a green pigment; a coumarin dye (Ac), The combination of triarylmethane dye (Ab) and green pigment; the combination of coumarin dye (Ac), the compound represented by formula (Ab2) and green pigment, etc. Examples of combinations when preparing the colored curable resin composition of the present invention into a blue colored curable resin composition include: 𠮿Combination of dye (Aa), triarylmethane dye (Ab) and blue pigment; 𠮿The combination of dye (Aa), compound represented by formula (Ab2) and blue pigment; 𠮿Combination of dye (Aa) and blue pigment; 𠮿The combination of dye (Aa), blue pigment and purple pigment; the combination of triarylmethane dye (Ab) and purple pigment; the combination of the compound represented by formula (Ab2) and purple pigment, etc. In this case, the dye preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of triarylmethane dyes (Ab) and compounds represented by formula (Ab2), and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of triarylmethane dyes. At least one of the group consisting of compounds represented by (Ab) and formula (Ab2), and further 𠮿Dye (Aa). The content rate of at least one selected from the group consisting of the triarylmethane dye (Ab) and the compound represented by the formula (Ab2) is preferably 40 mass% or more, more preferably 50 mass% or more in the dye (A1) . The content of the coloring agent (A) is preferably 1 mass % or more and 60 mass % or less, more preferably 3 mass % or more and 55 mass % or less, and still more preferably 5 mass % or less, based on the total amount of solid components. Mass% or more and 50 mass% or less. If the content rate of the colorant (A) is within the above range, the color density when the color filter is made is sufficient, and the necessary amount of resin or polymeric compound can be included in the composition, so that a color filter with sufficient mechanical strength can be formed. Coloring pattern. Here, the "total amount of solid content" in this specification refers to the amount excluding the content of the solvent from the total amount of the colored curable resin composition. The total amount of solid components and the content of each component relative thereto can be measured, for example, by a known analysis method such as liquid chromatography or gas chromatography. ＜Resin(B)＞ The resin (B) is preferably an alkali-soluble resin, and preferably has at least one type (a) selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic anhydrides (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(a)" ") polymer of structural units. The copolymer having a structural unit derived from the above (a) preferably has a monomer (b) selected from a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as A copolymer of at least one type of structural unit consisting of "(b)") and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. The copolymer may further have other structural units. Examples of other structural units include structural units derived from monomer (c) copolymerizable with (a) (herein, different from (a) and (b). Hereinafter, it may be referred to as "(c)"). The structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably a structural unit having a (meth)acrylyl group in the side chain. The resin having such a structural unit can be obtained by adding a group that can react with the group possessed by (a) or (b) and an ethylenic incompatibility to a polymer having a structural unit derived from (a) or (b). Obtained from monomers with saturated bonds. Examples of such a structural unit include a structural unit obtained by adding (b) to a structural unit derived from (a), and a structural unit obtained by adding (a) to a structural unit derived from (b). Furthermore, when the structural unit has a hydroxyl group, a structural unit to which a carboxylic acid anhydride is further added can also be cited as the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of (a) include unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-vinylbenzoic acid, m-vinylbenzoic acid, and p-vinylbenzoic acid; Maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, 3-vinylphthalic acid, 4-vinylphthalic acid, 3,4,5,6- Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,4-cyclohexenedicarboxylic acid; Methyl-5-norEn-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, 5-carboxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-carboxymethylbicyclo[ Bicyclic unsaturated compounds containing carboxyl groups such as 2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-carboxyethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene; Carboxylic acid anhydrides such as anhydrides of the above-mentioned unsaturated dicarboxylic acids other than fumaric acid and mesaconic acid; Polycarboxylic acids of more than 2 yuan, such as succinic acid mono[2-(meth)acryloxyethyl] ester and phthalic acid mono[2-(meth)acryloxyethyl] ester, etc. Saturated mono[(meth)acryloxyalkyl] esters; Unsaturated acrylates containing hydroxyl and carboxyl groups in the same molecule, such as α-(hydroxymethyl)acrylic acid, etc. Among these, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride, etc. are preferred in terms of copolymerization reactivity or solubility of the obtained resin in an alkaline aqueous solution. (b) Refers to a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of an ethylene oxide ring, an oxetane ring, and a tetrahydrofuran ring) and ethylenically unsaturated Bonded polymeric compound. (b) Preferably, it is a monomer having a cyclic ether having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and a (meth)acryloxy group. Examples of (b) include monomer (b1) having an oxetanyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b1)”), monomer having an oxetanyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. The monomer (b2) with a saturated bond (hereinafter may be referred to as "(b2)"), the monomer (b3) having a tetrahydrofuran group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter may be referred to as "(b3)"), etc. Examples of (b1) include monomer (b1-1) having a structure in which a linear or branched aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(b1-1)" ), a monomer (b1-2) having a structure in which an alicyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(b1-2)"). As (b1-1), a monomer having a glycidyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred. Specific examples of (b1-1) include (glycidylmeth)acrylate, β-methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, β-ethylglycidyl(meth)acrylate, and glycidyl(meth)acrylate. Glyceryl vinyl ether, vinyl benzyl glycidyl ether, α-methyl vinyl benzyl glycidyl ether, 2,3-bis(glycidyloxymethyl)styrene, 2,4-bis(glycidoxy methyl styrene, 2,5-bis(glycidyloxymethyl)styrene, 2,6-bis(glycidyloxymethyl)styrene, 2,3,4-tris(glycidoxymethyl)styrene methyl styrene, 2,3,5-tris(glycidyloxymethyl)styrene, 2,3,6-tris(glycidyloxymethyl)styrene, 3,4,5-tris (glycidyloxymethyl)styrene, 2,4,6-tris(glycidyloxymethyl)styrene, etc. Examples of (b1-2) include vinyl cyclohexene monoxide, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane (for example, Celloxide (registered trademark) 2000; manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), (methane (meth)acrylic acid 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ester (such as Cyclomer (registered trademark) A400; manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic acid 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ester (such as Cyclomer (registered trademark) )M100; manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), compounds represented by formula (BI), compounds represented by formula (BII), etc. [Chemical 46] [In formula (BI) and formula (BII), R b1and R b2Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with a hydroxyl group. X b1and b2Represents a single key, ✽-R b3-,✽-R b3-O-、✽-R b3-S- or ✽-R b3-NH-. R b3Represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. *Indicates the bond with O] as R b1,R b2Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, etc. as R b1,R b2The hydrogen atom is substituted by an alkyl group of hydroxyl group, examples of which include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, etc. as R b1and R b2, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom ,methyl. as R b3Examples of the alkylenediyl group include linear or branched chain alkanediyl groups, and specific examples include methylene and ethylidene groups. as b1and b2, preferably single key, ✽-R b3-, or ✽-R b3-O-, preferably a single key, or ✽-R b3-O-, preferably single bond, ✽-CH 2-O- and ✽-CH 2CH 2-O-, preferably single bonds, ✽-CH 2CH 2-O- (✽ represents the bond with O). Examples of the compound represented by formula (BI) include compounds represented by any one of formula (BI-1) to formula (BI-15). Among them, preferred are formula (BI-1), formula (BI-3), formula (BI-5), formula (BI-7), formula (BI-9) or formula (BI-11) to formula (BI The compound represented by -15) is more preferably a compound represented by formula (BI-1), formula (BI-7), formula (BI-9) or formula (BI-15). [Chemical 47] [Chemical 48] Examples of the compound represented by formula (BII) include compounds represented by any one of formula (BII-1) to formula (BII-15). Among them, preferred are formula (BII-1), formula (BII-3), formula (BII-5), formula (BII-7), formula (BII-9) or formula (BII-11) to formula (BII The compound represented by -15) is more preferably a compound represented by formula (BII-1), formula (BII-7), formula (BII-9) or formula (BII-15). [Chemical 49] [Chemical 50] The compound represented by formula (BI) and the compound represented by formula (BII) may be used individually, or two or more types may be used in combination. When a compound represented by formula (BI) and a compound represented by formula (BII) are used together, the content ratio [compound represented by formula (BI): compound represented by formula (BII)] is expressed in moles The base ratio is preferably 5:95-95:5, and more preferably 20:80-80:20. As the above-mentioned (b2), a monomer having an oxetanyl group and a (meth)acryloxy group is more preferred. Examples of (b2) include: 3-methyl-3-(meth)acryloxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-(meth)acryloxymethyloxetane Cyclobutane, 3-methyl-3-(meth)acryloxyethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-(meth)acryloxyethyloxetane, etc. . Examples of (c) include: (meth)acrylic acid methyl ester, (meth)ethyl acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid n-butyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid second butyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid third butyl ester Tributyl ester, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, cyclo(meth)acrylate Pentyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid tricyclic [5.2.1.0 2,6] Decan-8-yl ester (commonly known as "dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate" in this technical field. Also sometimes called "tricyclodecyl (meth)acrylate") , (meth)acrylic acid tricyclic [5.2.1.0 2,6]Decan-9-yl ester, (meth)acrylic acid tricyclic [5.2.1.0 2,6] Decen-8-yl ester (known as "(meth)acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester" as a common name in this technical field), (meth)acrylic acid tricyclic [5.2.1.0 2,6]Decene-9-yl ester, dicyclopentyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, iso(meth)acrylateEster, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, propargyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) (meth)acrylates such as benzyl acrylate; 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate and other (meth)acrylates containing hydroxyl groups; Dicarboxylic acid diesters such as diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, and diethyl itaconate; Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxybicyclo[2.2 .1]Hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-(2'-hydroxyethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5- Methoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-ethoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-dihydroxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-bis(2'-hydroxyethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6 -Dimethoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-diethoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxy-5-methylbicyclo[2.2.1 ]Hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxy-5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethyl-5-methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5 -Tertiary butoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-cyclohexyloxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-phenoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5,6-bis(tert-butoxycarbonyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-bis(cyclohexyloxycarbonyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane Bicyclic unsaturated compounds such as -2-ene; N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, N-succinimide-3-butene Dicarboxylic acid benzoate, N-succinimidyl-4-maleyl imide butyrate, N-succinimidyl-6-malelic acid imide butyrate Acid ester, N-succinimide-3-maleimide propionate, N-(9-acridinyl)maleimide and other dicarbonyl imine derivatives; Styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, p-methoxystyrene and other aromatic compounds containing vinyl groups; (meth)acrylonitrile and other nitriles containing vinyl groups; vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, etc. Halogenated hydrocarbons; vinyl-containing amide such as (meth)acrylamide; esters such as vinyl acetate; 1,3-butadiene, isoprene, 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butan Dienes etc. Dienes etc. Among these, in terms of copolymerization reactivity and heat resistance, styrene, vinyltoluene, N-phenylmaleimide, and N-cyclohexylmaleimide are preferred. Amine, N-benzylmaleimide, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, etc. The reaction sequence is not limited, and monomer (a) and at least one of monomers (b) and (c) can be copolymerized simultaneously. In addition, when all monomers (a) to (c) are used, the monomer (a) and the monomer (b) may be copolymerized and then reacted with the monomer (c), or the monomer (c) may be reacted. a) Copolymerize with monomer (c) and then react with monomer (b). Alternatively, the monomer (a) may be reacted with a copolymer of the monomer (b) and the monomer (c), and may further be reacted with a carboxylic acid anhydride. The polymerization initiator, solvent, etc. are not particularly limited, and those commonly used in this field can be used. For example, examples of the polymerization initiator include azo compounds (2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), etc.) or organic peroxides. The solvent (benzoyl peroxide, etc.) may be any one that dissolves each monomer, and examples thereof include the solvents described below as the solvent (E) for the colored curable resin composition of the present invention. Furthermore, the obtained copolymer can be used directly as a solution after the reaction, as a concentrated or diluted solution, or as a solid (powder) extracted by methods such as reprecipitation. In particular, by using the solvent contained in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention as a solvent during the polymerization, the solution after the reaction can be directly used for the preparation of the colored curable resin composition of the present invention, thus simplifying the process. Process for producing the colored curable resin composition of the invention. In addition, reaction catalysts (such as tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol, etc.) and polymerization inhibitors (such as hydroquinone, etc.) of carboxylic acid or carboxylic anhydride and cyclic ether may also be used as needed. Examples of carboxylic anhydrides include maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, 3-vinyl phthalic anhydride, 4-vinyl phthalic anhydride, and 3,4,5,6-tetrakis anhydride. Hydrophthalic anhydride, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2- Alkene anhydride, etc. The usage amount of the carboxylic anhydride is preferably 0.5 to 1 mol relative to 1 mol of the usage amount of (a). Specific examples of the resin (B) include: (meth)acrylic acid 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ester/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid 3,4-epoxytricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6] Decyl ester/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer and other copolymers having structural units derived from (a) and (b); (meth)glycidyl acrylate/(meth)benzyl acrylate/(meth) Acrylic acid copolymer, glycidyl (meth)acrylate/styrene/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, acrylic acid 3,4-epoxy tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6] Decyl ester/(meth)acrylic acid/N-cyclohexylmaleimide copolymer, 3-methyl-3-(meth)acrylyloxymethyloxetane/(methyl ) Acrylic acid/styrene copolymer and other copolymers having structural units derived from (a), (b) and (c); (meth)acrylic acid benzyl ester/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, styrene/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, Copolymers having structural units derived from (a) and (c) such as acrylic acid copolymers; glycidyl (meth)acrylate is added to benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer. Resin formed by adding glycidyl (meth)acrylate to tricyclodecyl (meth)acrylate/styrene/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, tricyclodecyl (meth)acrylate /Resins obtained by adding glycidyl (meth)acrylate to benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, etc. have a structure in which (b) is added to a structural unit derived from (a) Polymer of units; resin obtained by reacting (meth)acrylic acid with copolymer of tricyclodecyl (meth)acrylate/glycidyl (meth)acrylate, resin obtained by reacting (meth)acrylic acid with (meth)acrylic acid Resins obtained by reacting copolymers of tricyclodecyl acrylate/styrene/glycidyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Polymers having structural units derived from (a) added to structural units derived from (b); Resins obtained by reacting (meth)acrylic acid with a copolymer of tricyclodecyl (meth)acrylate/glycidyl (meth)acrylate and reacting the obtained resin with tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, etc. A copolymer having a structural unit obtained by adding (a) to a structural unit derived from (b) and then adding a carboxylic acid anhydride, and a structural unit derived from (c), etc. Among them, the resin (B) is preferably a copolymer having structural units derived from (a) and (b) and a copolymer having structural units derived from (a), (b) and (c). The weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) in terms of polystyrene is preferably 3,000 to 100,000, more preferably 5,000 to 50,000, further preferably 5,000 to 30,000. If the molecular weight is within the above range, the hardness of the color filter is increased, the residual film rate is high, the solubility of the unexposed portion in the developer is good, and the resolution of the colored pattern tends to be improved. The molecular weight distribution [weight average molecular weight (Mw)/number average molecular weight (Mn)] of the resin (B) is preferably 1.1 to 6, more preferably 1.2 to 4. The acid value of the solid component of the resin (B) is preferably 50 to 170 mg-KOH/g, more preferably 60 to 150 mg-KOH/g, and further preferably 70 to 135 mg-KOH/g. Here, the solid component acid value is a value measured as the amount of potassium hydroxide (mg) required to neutralize 1 g of resin (B), and can be determined by titration using a potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, for example. The content of the resin (B) is preferably 7 to 65 mass %, more preferably 13 to 60 mass %, and still more preferably 17 to 55 mass % with respect to the total solid content. When the content of the resin (B) is within the above range, a colored pattern can be formed, and the resolution and residual film rate of the colored pattern tend to be improved. <Polymerizable compound (C)> The polymerizable compound (C) is a compound that can be polymerized using active radicals and/or acids generated by the polymerization initiator (D). Examples thereof include compounds having a polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond, and preferably (meth)acrylate compounds. Among these, the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Examples of such polymerizable compounds include nonylphenylcarbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexylcarbitol acrylate, and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate. Compounds having one ethylenically unsaturated bond such as esters, N-vinylpyrrolidone, and the compounds exemplified as the above (Ba), (Bb), and (Bc); 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, Compounds with two ethylenically unsaturated bonds such as bis(acryloxyethyl) ether of bisphenol A and 3-methylpentanediol di(meth)acrylate; Trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanurate tri(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl), etc. have three ethylenically unsaturated bonds compound; Pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol-modified pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol-modified pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, caprolactone-modified pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, etc. have A compound with 4 ethylenically unsaturated bonds; Dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate and other compounds with 5 ethylenically unsaturated bonds; Dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate Compounds with 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds such as acrylate; tripentaerythritol hepta(meth)acrylate, tripentaerythritol octa(meth)acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol nona(meth)acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol ten(meth)acrylate, etc. with more than 7 ethylenically unsaturated bonds Compounds etc. Among them, the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds, and more preferably a polymerizable compound having 5 to 6 ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Specifically, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate and dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate are preferred. Typical polymerizable compounds (C) in the present invention include: KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), A-TMM-3LM-N (Shin Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and A9550 (New Nakamura Chemical Industry (Co., Ltd.)) and other products. The weight average molecular weight of the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably from 150 to 2,900, more preferably from 250 to 1,500. The content rate of the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably 7 to 65 mass %, more preferably 13 to 60 mass %, and still more preferably 17 to 55 mass % with respect to the total solid content. When the content rate of the polymerizable compound (C) is within the above range, the residual film rate when forming a colored pattern and the chemical resistance of the color filter tend to improve. Moreover, the content ratio of resin (B) and polymerizable compound (C) [resin (B): polymerizable compound (C)] is preferably 20:80 to 80:20 on a mass basis, more preferably 35:65 to 35:65. 80:20. <Polymerization initiator (D)> The polymerization initiator (D) is a compound that can generate active free radicals through the action of light or heat to initiate polymerization. The colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a compound represented by the following formula (d1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (d1)") as a polymerization initiator. [Chemistry 51] [In formula (d1), R d1Indicates an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 36 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. An aralkyl group with 7 to 33 carbon atoms, the methylene group (-CH contained in the alkyl group or aralkyl group 2-) can be replaced by -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2-or-N(R d5)-. R d2It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 36 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. R d3It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a heterocyclic group having 3 to 36 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R d4It represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, and the methylene group (-CH contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group 2-) can be substituted by -O-, -CO- or -S-, and the methine group (-CH<) contained in the above aliphatic hydrocarbon group can be substituted by -PO 3<, the hydrogen atoms contained in the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with OH groups. R d5Represents an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and the methylene group (-CH contained in the alkyl group 2-) may be substituted with -O- or -CO-] R d1The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, biphenyl, terphenyl and the like, with phenyl and naphthyl being more preferred, and phenyl being particularly preferred. Also, R d1The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented may have one or more substituents. The substituent is preferably substituted at the α-position or γ-position of the aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably is substituted at the γ-position. Examples of the substituent include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, and tridecyl Alkyl groups with 1 to 15 carbon atoms such as tetradecyl and pentadecyl groups; halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, iodine atoms, bromine atoms, etc. The carbon number of the alkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 7. The alkyl group as the substituent may be any of linear, branched, or cyclic, or may be a combination of a chain group and a cyclic group. The methylene group (-CH contained in the alkyl group as the substituent) 2-) may be replaced by -O-, or -S-. Furthermore, the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, an iodine atom, or a bromine atom, and is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom. About being R d1Examples of the alkyl group represented by the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include those represented by the following formula. In the formula, * represents the bonding bond. [Chemistry 52] [Chemistry 53] as R d1Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent include groups represented by the following formulas. In the formula, * represents the bonding bond. [Chemistry 54] [Chemical 55] as R d1The aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent is preferably represented by the following formula. [Chemical 56] [In the formula, R d6It represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom. m2 represents an integer from 1 to 5] as R d6The alkyl group represented can be enumerated as R d1The substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon group shown are the same as the alkyl groups exemplified. R d6The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented is preferably from 2 to 7, more preferably from 2 to 5. Also, R d6The alkyl group represented may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably chain. as a substitute for R d6The halogen atoms of the hydrogen atoms contained in the atom include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, iodine atom, bromine atom, and fluorine atom is particularly preferred. Also, R is preferred d6More than 2 and not more than 10 hydrogen atoms contained in are substituted with halogen atoms, and preferably not less than 3 and not more than 6 are substituted with halogen atoms. R d6The substitution position of the O-group is preferably ortho-position or para-position, especially para-position. Moreover, m2 is preferably 1 to 2, and particularly preferably 1. R d1The number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group represented is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 10, and still more preferably 3 to 5. Examples of the heterocyclic group include pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, carbazolyl, and the like. Also, R d1The heterocyclic group represented may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include R d1The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented may have the same substituent as the exemplified groups. R d1The carbon number of the alkyl group represented is preferably 1 to 12. as R d1The alkyl groups represented include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl Alkyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, etc. These alkyl groups may be linear, branched, or cyclic, or may be a combination of a chain group and a cyclic group. Also, in R d1Among the alkyl groups represented, methylene (-CH 2-) can be replaced by -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2-or-N(R d5)-, the hydrogen atom may be substituted by an OH group or an SH group. R d5It represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be chain (linear or branched) or cyclic, and may be any of linear, branched, or cyclic, or a combination of a chain group and a cyclic group. A base formed by a combination of shape bases. Also, in R d5Among the alkyl groups represented, methylene (-CH 2-) may be substituted by -O- or -CO-. as R d1Specific examples of the alkyl group which may have a substituent include groups represented by the following formulas. *Indicates a bonded bond. [Chemistry 57] Furthermore, R d1The represented aralkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably R d1The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by the above R d1A radical composed of a combination of divalent radicals derived from the represented alkyl radicals. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 33, more preferably 7 to 18, and still more preferably 7 to 12. The aralkyl group may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituents include the above-mentioned R d1The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented, and R d1The alkyl group represented may have the same substituents as those exemplified. As the R d1The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by the above R d1Specific examples of the group represented by a combination of divalent groups derived from the alkyl group represented include groups represented by the following formula. In the formula, * represents the bonding bond. [Chemical 58] as R d1, preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and still more preferably a phenyl group which may have a substituent. As the substituent in the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon group and the above-mentioned phenyl group, the alkoxy group having 4 to 9 carbon atoms, the alkoxy group having 4 to 9 carbon atoms having a halogen (preferably a fluorine atom), and 1 to 9 carbon atoms are preferred. Three methylene groups are replaced by alkoxy groups having 5 to 9 carbon atoms in the ether bond. These substituents preferably all have branched structures. R d2The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, biphenyl, terphenyl and the like. R d2The number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group represented is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 10, and still more preferably 3 to 5. Examples of the heterocyclic group include pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, carbazolyl, and the like. R d2The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented is preferably 1 to 7, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and decyl. The alkyl group may be any of linear, branched, or cyclic, or may be a combination of a chain group and a cyclic group. as R d2, preferably a chain alkyl group, more preferably a chain alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, further preferably a chain alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group. R d3The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, biphenyl, terphenyl, and the like, and phenyl and naphthyl are more preferred. Also, R d3The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented may have one or more substituents. The substituent is preferably substituted at the α-position or γ-position of the aromatic hydrocarbon group. The substituent is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, and nonyl. , decyl and other alkyl groups with 1 to 15 carbon atoms; vinyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, nonenyl, decene and other alkenes with 1 to 15 carbon atoms Key et al. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group as the above-mentioned substituent is more preferably 1 to 7. In addition, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group as the substituent may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, or may be a combination of a chain group and a cyclic group. Furthermore, in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group as the substituent, methylene (-CH 2-) may be substituted by -O-, -CO-, -S-, and methine (-CH<) may be substituted by -N<. About being R d3Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include those represented by the following formula. In the formula, * represents the bonding bond. [Chemistry 59] as R d3Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by the optional substituent include groups represented by the following formulas. In the formula, * represents the bonding bond. [Chemical 60] R d3The number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group represented is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 10, and still more preferably 3 to 5. Examples of the heterocyclic group include pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, carbazolyl, and the like. Also, R d3The heterocyclic group represented may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituents include R d1The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented may have the same substituent as the exemplified groups. as R d3, preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a substituent, more preferably a phenyl group having a substituent. The substituent is preferably a chain alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), and the number of substituents is preferably 2 or more and 5 or less. R d4The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group represented is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6 to 10. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, biphenyl, terphenyl and the like, with phenyl and naphthyl being more preferred, and phenyl being particularly preferred. Also, R d4The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include R d1The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented may have the same substituent. R d4The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented is preferably 1 to 13, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 4 to 9. as R d4The aliphatic hydrocarbon groups represented include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, Alkyl groups such as trialkyl, tetradecyl, and pentadecyl; vinyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, and decenyl , undecenyl, dodecenyl, tridecenyl, tetradecenyl, pentadecenyl and other alkenyl groups, etc. These aliphatic hydrocarbon groups may be chain (linear or branched), cyclic, or a combination of a chain group and a cyclic group. Also, in R d4Among the aliphatic hydrocarbon groups represented, methylene (-CH 2-) can be substituted by -O-, -CO-, -S-, and methine (-CH<) can be substituted by -PO 3＜. The hydrogen atoms contained in the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with OH groups. as R d4Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by the optional substituent include groups represented by the following formulas. In the formula, * represents the bonding bond. [Chemical 61] as R d4, preferably a chain aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, more preferably a chain alkyl group, and still more preferably a branched chain alkyl group having 4 to 9 carbon atoms. Examples of the compound (d1) include compounds (d1-1) to (d1-67) having the substituents shown in Tables 3 to 9. In the table, * indicates a bonded key. [table 3] R d 1 d2 d3 d4 (d1-1) *-CH 3 *-CH 3 (d1-2) *-CH 3 (d1-3) *-CH 3 (d1-4) *-CH 3 (d1-5) *-CH 3 (d1-6) *-CH 3 (d1-7) *-CH 3 (d1-8) *-CH 3 (d1-9) *-CH 3 (d1-10) *-CH 3 [Table 4] R d 1 d2 R d 3 d4 (d1-11) *-CH 3 (d1-12) *-CH 3 (d1-13) *-CH 3 (d1-14) *-CH 3 (d1-15) *-CH 3 (d1-16) *-CH 3 (d1-17) *-CH 3 (d1-18) *-CH 3 (d1-19) *-CH 3 (d1-20) *-CH 3 [table 5] R d 1 d2 d3 R d 4 (d1-21) *-CH 3 (d1-22) *-CH 3 (d1-23) *-CH 3 (d1-24) *-CH 3 (d1-25) *-CH 3 (d1-26) *-CH 3 (d1-27) *-CH 3 (d1-28) *-CH 3 (d1-29) *-CH 3 (d1-30) *-CH 3 [Table 6] R d 1 d2 d3 R d 4 (d1-31) *-CH 3 (d1-32) *-CH 3 (d1-33) *-CH 3 (d1-34) *-CH 3 (d1-35) *-CH 3 (d1-36) *-CH 3 (d1-37) *-CH 3 (d1-38) *-CH 3 (d1-39) *-CH 3 (d1-40) *-CH 3 [Table 7] R d 1 d2 d3 d4 (d1-41) *-CH 3 (d1-42) *-CH 3 *-CH 2 CH 3 (d1-43) *-CH 3 (d1-44) *-CH 3 (d1-45) *-CH 3 (d1-46) *-CH 3 (d1-47) *-CH 3 (d1-48) *-CH 3 (d1-49) *-CH 3 (d1-50) *-CH 3 [Table 8] R d 1 R d 2 R d 3 d4 (d1-51) *-CH 3 (d1-52) *-CH 3 (d1-53) *-CH 3 (d1-54) *-CH 3 (d1-55) *-CH 3 (d1-56) *-CH 3 (d1-57) *-CH 3 (d1-58) *-CH 3 (d1-59) *-CH 3 (d1-60) *-CH 3 [Table 9] R d 1 d2 d3 d4 (d1-61) *-CH 3 (d1-62) *-CH 3 (d1-63) *-CH 3 (d1-64) *-CH 3 (d1-65) *-CH 3 (d1-66) *-CH 3 (d1-67) *-CH 3 Among them, compounds (d1-3) to (d1-6), (d1-18) to (d1-52), (d1-55), (d1-56), (d1-60), (d1 -61), more preferably compounds (d1-3) to (d1-6), (d1-18) to (d1-41), even more preferably compounds (d1-24), (d1-36) to ( d1-40), especially compound (d1-40). The content of the compound (d1) is preferably 30 parts by mass or more and 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 80 parts by mass or more in 100 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator (D) , more preferably 90 parts by mass or more. Compound (d1) can be produced by the production method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-500852. Moreover, the polymerization initiator (D) may further contain a polymerization initiator other than the said compound (d1). There are no particular limitations on these, and known polymerization initiators can be used. Examples of polymerization initiators that generate active free radicals include O-acyl oxime compounds, biimidazole compounds, phenylalkyl ketone compounds, and trioxime compounds other than the above-mentioned compound (d1).compounds and acylphosphine oxide compounds. Examples of the above-mentioned O-benzyl oxime compounds include: N-benzyloxy-1-(4-phenylthiophenyl)butan-1-one-2-imine, N-benzyloxy Base-1-(4-phenylthiophenyl)octane-1-one-2-imine, N-benzyloxy-1-(4-phenylthiophenyl)-3-cyclo Pentylpropane-1-one-2-imine, N-acetyloxy-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl] Ethane-1-imine, N-acetyloxy-1-[9-ethyl-6-{2-methyl-4-(3,3-dimethyl-2,4-dioxetane) Pentylmethoxy)benzoyl}-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethane-1-imine, N-acetyloxy-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl Benzylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-3-cyclopentylpropane-1-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2- Toluyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-3-cyclopentylpropan-1-one-2-imine, etc. Commercially available products such as Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE01 and OXE02 (the above manufactured by BASF) and N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA) can also be used. Among them, the O-benzyl oxime compound is preferably selected from the group consisting of N-benzoyloxy-1-(4-phenylthiophenyl)butan-1-one-2-imine, N-benzoyl oxime Oxy-1-(4-phenylthiophenyl)octane-1-one-2-imine, N-benzyloxy-1-(4-phenylthiophenyl)-3- Cyclopentylpropane-1-one-2-imine and N-acetyloxy-1-[4-{4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl}mercaptophenyl]-propan-1-one -At least one of the group consisting of 2-imines, more preferably one selected from the group consisting of N-benzyloxy-1-(4-phenylthiophenyl)octan-1-one-2-imine At least one of the group consisting of amine and N-acetyloxy-1-[4-{4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl}mercaptophenyl]-propan-1-one-2-imine 1 species. If these O-acyl oxime compounds are used, a high-brightness color filter tends to be obtained. Specific examples of the biimidazole compound include: 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2 ,3-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole (for example, refer to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-75372, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-75373, etc.), 2 ,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5, 5'-tetrakis(alkoxyphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(dialkoxyphenyl)biimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(trialkoxyphenyl)biimidazole (see, for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-38403, Japanese Patent Publication No. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-174204, etc.), imidazole compounds in which the phenyl group at the 4,4', 5,5'-position is substituted with an alkoxycarbonyl group (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 7-10913, etc.), etc. Among them, the compound represented by formula (d4) is preferred. [Chemical 63] [In formula (d4), R d13~R d16Each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methoxy group). R d17and R d18independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom (preferably a chlorine atom)] The above-mentioned phenylalkyl ketone compound is a compound having a partial structure represented by formula (d5) or a partial structure represented by formula (d6). In these partial structures, the benzene ring may have a substituent. [Chemical 65] Examples of compounds having a partial structure represented by formula (d5) include: 2-methyl-2-Phinyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)propan-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-1-(4-Phinylphenyl)-2-benzylbutan-1-one, 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-Phylyl)phenyl]butan-1-one, etc. Commercially available products such as Irgacure 369, 907, and 379 (the above manufactured by BASF) can also be used. Examples of compounds having a partial structure represented by formula (d6) include: 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4 -(2-Hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]propane-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-(4-isopropenylphenyl)propane-1 -Ketone oligomers, α,α-diethoxyacetophenone, benzyldimethyl ketal, etc. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the phenylalkyl ketone compound is preferably a compound having a partial structure represented by formula (d5). As the above threeExamples of compounds include: 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tris, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-1,3,5-tri, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-sunfloweryl-1,3,5-tri, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-(4-methoxystyryl)-1,3,5-tri, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)vinyl]-1,3,5-tri, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(furan-2-yl)vinyl]-1,3,5-tri, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl)vinyl]-1,3,5-tri, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)vinyl]-1,3,5-triwait. Examples of the acylphosphine oxide compound include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and the like. Commercially available products such as Irgacure (registered trademark) 819 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) can also be used. Furthermore, examples of the polymerization initiator (D) include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, and benzoin isobutyl ether; benzophenone, and methyl o-benzoyl benzoate. , 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4-benzyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3,3',4,4'-tetrakis(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)diphenyl Methyl ketone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone and other benzophenone compounds; 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, camphorquinone and other quinone compounds; 10-butyl-2- Chloroacridone, benzil, methyl phenylglyoxylate, titanocene compounds, etc. These are preferably used in combination with the following polymerization starting aid (D1) (especially amines). Among them, when two or more types of polymerization initiators are used, a combination of compound (d1) and a biimidazole compound, a combination of compound (d1), a biimidazole compound and the following thiol compound, or a combination of compound (d1) and a biimidazole compound are preferred. d1) Combination with phenylalkyl ketone compounds, etc. The content of the polymerization initiator (D) is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 100 parts by mass or more of the total of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). 5 parts by mass or more, and preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 27 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 25 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 20 parts by mass or less. When the content of the polymerization initiator (D) is within the above range, the sensitivity tends to be high and the exposure time tends to be shortened, so the productivity of the color filter is improved. Moreover, the content ratio of the polymerization initiator (D) and the polymerizable compound (C) (polymerization initiator (D)/polymerizable compound (C)) is preferably 1/1000 or more on a mass basis, more preferably 4. /1000 or more, preferably 40/100 or less, more preferably 35/100 or less. When the content ratio (polymerization initiator (D)/polymerizable compound (C)) is within the above range, a color filter excellent in brightness (Luminance) can be obtained. ＜Polymerization starting aid (D1)＞ The polymerization initiating aid (D1) is a compound or sensitizer used to promote the polymerization of a polymerizable compound that is polymerized by a polymerization initiator. When a polymerization initiating aid (D1) is contained, it is usually used in combination with a polymerization initiator (D). Examples of the polymerization starting aid (D1) include: amine compounds, alkoxyanthracene compounds, and 9-oxysulfide compounds.compounds and carboxylic acid compounds, etc. Examples of the above-mentioned amine compounds include alkanolamines such as triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, and triisopropanolamine; methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, and Aminobenzoates such as isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate; N,N-dimethyl p-Toluidine; 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone (commonly known as Michelone), 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'- Alkylamino benzophenones such as bis(ethylmethylamino)benzophenone, etc., among which, alkylamine benzophenones are preferred, and 4,4'-bis(diethyl)benzophenone is preferred. Amino) benzophenone. Commercially available products such as EAB-F (manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can also be used. Examples of the alkoxyanthracene compound include 9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 2-ethyl-9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, and 2-ethyl -9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, 2-ethyl-9,10-dibutoxyanthracene, etc. As the above 9-oxosulfide𠮿Compounds, examples include: 2-isopropyl 9-oxosulfide𠮿, 4-isopropyl 9-oxosulfide𠮿, 2,4-diethyl 9-oxosulfide𠮿,2,4-Dichloro9-oxosulfide𠮿, 1-Chloro-4-propoxy 9-oxysulfide𠮿wait. Examples of the carboxylic acid compound include: phenylthioacetic acid, methylphenylthioacetic acid, ethylphenylthioacetic acid, methylethylphenylthioacetic acid, dimethylphenylthioacetic acid, Methoxyphenylthioacetic acid, dimethoxyphenylthioacetic acid, chlorophenylthioacetic acid, dichlorophenylthioacetic acid, N-phenylglycine, phenoxyacetic acid, naphthylthioacetic acid Acetic acid, N-naphthylglycine, naphthyloxyacetic acid, etc. As the polymerization starting aid (D1), 9-oxosulfide is preferredcompound. When the polymerization starting aid (D1) is used, its content is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1,000 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). ~20 parts by mass. Moreover, when using a polymerization initiator (D1), its content is preferably 5 to 80 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 60 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the polymerization initiator (D). , and more preferably 15 to 55 parts by mass. If the amount of the polymerization starting aid (D1) is within this range, a colored pattern can be formed with higher sensitivity, and the productivity of the color filter tends to be improved. ＜Thiool compound (T)＞ The colored curable resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a thiol compound (T). The thiol compound (T) is a compound having a mercapto group (-SH) in the molecule. Examples of compounds having one mercapto group in the molecule include: 2-mercapto groupAzole, 2-mercaptothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoAzole, 2-mercaptonicotinic acid, 2-mercaptopyridine, 2-mercaptopyridin-3-ol, 2-mercaptopyridine-N-oxide, 4-amino-6-hydroxy-2-mercaptopyrimidine, 4-amine 6-hydroxy-2-mercaptopyrimidine, 4-amino-2-mercaptopyrimidine, 6-amino-5-nitroso-2-thiouracil, 4,5-diamino-6-hydroxy- 2-mercaptopyrimidine, 4,6-diamino-2-mercaptopyrimidine, 2,4-diamino-6-mercaptopyrimidine, 4,6-dihydroxy-2-mercaptopyrimidine, 4,6-dimethyl -2-mercaptopyrimidine, 4-hydroxy-2-mercapto-6-methylpyrimidine, 4-hydroxy-2-mercapto-6-propylpyrimidine, 2-mercapto-4-methylpyrimidine, 2-mercaptopyrimidine, 2 -Thiouracil, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine-2-thiol, 4,5-diphenylimidazole-2-thiol, 2-mercaptoimidazole, 2-mercapto-1-methylimidazole , 4-amino-3-hydrazino-5-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, 3-amino-5-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, 2-methyl-4H-1 ,2,4-triazole-3-thiol, 4-methyl-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3-thiol, 3-mercapto-1H-1,2,4-triazole-3 -thiol, 2-amino-5-thiadiazole-1,3,4-thiadiazole, 5-amino-1,3,4-thiadiazole-2-thiol, 2,5-dimercapto- 1,3,4-thiadiazole, (furan-2-yl)methanethiol, 2-mercapto-5-thiazolidinone, 2-mercaptothiazoline, 2-mercapto-4(3H)-quinazolinone , 1-phenyl-1H-tetrazole-5-thiol, 2-quinolinethiol, 2-mercapto-5-methylbenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-nitrobenzimidazole, 6-amine Base-2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 5-chloro-2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 6-ethoxy-2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 6-nitro-2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptonaphtho Imidazole, 2-mercaptonaphthoAzole, 3-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, 4-amino-6-mercaptopyrazolo[2,4-d]pyridine, 2-amino-6-purinethiol, 6-mercaptopurine , 4-mercapto-1H-pyrazolo[2,4-d]pyrimidine, etc. Examples of compounds having two or more mercapto groups in the molecule include: hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, 1,4-bis(methylthio)benzene, and butanediol bis(3-mercaptopropionate) , butylene glycol bis(3-mercaptoacetate), ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptoacetate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptoacetate), butylene glycol bis(3-mercaptoacetate) propionate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptoacetate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate) -Thioglycolate), trihydroxyethyl tris(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutoxy)butane, etc. As the thiol compound (T), a compound having one mercapto group in the molecule is preferred, and 2-mercaptobenzothiazole is particularly preferred. The content of the thiol compound (T) is preferably 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator (D). When the content of the thiol compound (T) is within this range, the sensitivity tends to be high and the developability tends to be good. ＜Solvent (E)＞ The colored curable resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a solvent (E). The solvent (E) is not particularly limited, and solvents commonly used in this field can be used. Examples include: ester solvents (solvents that contain -COO- but not -O- in the molecule), ether solvents (solvents that contain -O- but do not contain -COO- in the molecule), ether ester solvents (solvents that contain - in the molecule) Solvents of COO- and -O-), ketone solvents (solvents that contain -CO- but not -COO- in the molecule), alcohol solvents (solvents that contain OH in the molecule and do not contain -O-, -CO- and -COO- solvents), aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, amide solvents, dimethyl styrene, etc. Examples of the ester solvent include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, and isoamyl acetate. , Butyl propionate, Isopropyl butyrate, Ethyl butyrate, Butyl butyrate, Methyl pyruvate, Ethyl pyruvate, Propyl pyruvate, Methyl acetate acetate, Ethyl acetate acetate, Ring Hexanol acetate and γ-butyrolactone, etc. Examples of ether solvents include: ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanol, Tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-bisalkane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, anisole, phenylethyl ether and Methyl anisole, etc. Examples of the ether ester solvent include methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethoxyethyl acetate, and 3-methoxypropionic acid. Methyl ester, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-methoxypropionic acid Ethyl ester, 2-methoxypropylpropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, 2- Ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate , propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate and diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate. Propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, etc. Examples of ketone solvents include 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, acetone, 2-butanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, and 4-methyl-2- Pentanone, diacetone alcohol, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and isophorone, etc. Examples of the alcohol solvent include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, and the like. Examples of aromatic hydrocarbon solvents include benzene, toluene, xylene, mesitylene, and the like. Examples of the amide solvent include N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, and the like. Among the above-mentioned solvents, in terms of coating properties and drying properties, organic solvents having a boiling point of 120°C or more and 180°C or less at 1 atm are preferred. As the solvent, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethyl ether are preferred. Glycol monoethyl ether, diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone and N,N-dimethylformamide, more preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, Ethyl lactate, diacetone alcohol and ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate. The content of the solvent (E) is preferably 35 to 95% by mass, more preferably 40 to 92% by mass relative to the total amount of the colored curable resin composition of the present invention. In other words, the total solid content of the colored curable resin composition is preferably 5 to 65 mass %, more preferably 8 to 60 mass %. When the content of the solvent (E) is within the above range, the flatness during coating becomes good, and the color density does not become insufficient when the color filter is formed, so that the display characteristics tend to become good. ＜Leveling agent(F)＞ The colored curable resin composition of the present invention may also contain a leveling agent (F). Examples of the leveling agent (F) include silicone surfactants, fluorine surfactants, and the like. These may have a polymerizable group in the side chain. Examples of the polysiloxane-based surfactant include surfactants having a siloxane bond in the molecule. Specifically, Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (trade name: manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.) , KP321, KP322, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446, TSF4452 and TSF4460 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Japan) )wait. Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include surfactants having a fluorocarbon chain in the molecule. Specifically, Fluorad (registered trademark) FC430, Fluorad FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), MEGAFAC (registered trademark) F142D, MEGAFAC F171, MEGAFAC F172, MEGAFAC F173, MEGAFAC F177, MEGAFAC F183, MEGAFAC F554, MEGAFAC R30, MEGAFAC RS-718-K (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Eftop (registered trademark) EF301, Eftop EF303, Eftop EF351, Eftop EF352 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Electronics Corporation), Surflon (registered trademark) S381 , Surflon S382, Surflon SC101, Surflon SC105 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and E5844 (manufactured by Daikin Fine Chemical Laboratory Co., Ltd.), etc. Examples of the polysilicone-based surfactant include the above-mentioned polysilicone-based surfactant having a fluorine atom. Examples of polysiloxane-based surfactants containing fluorine atoms include MEGAFAC (registered trademark) R08, MEGAFAC BL20, MEGAFAC F475, MEGAFAC F477, and MEGAFAC F443 (manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.). The content rate of the leveling agent (F) is preferably 0.001 mass % or more and 0.2 mass % or less, preferably 0.002 mass % or more and 0.1 mass % or less, based on the total amount of the colored curable resin composition. Preferably, it is 0.01 mass % or more and 0.05 mass % or less. In addition, this content rate does not include the content rate of the above-mentioned pigment dispersant. If the content rate of the leveling agent (F) is within the above range, the color filter can have good flatness. ＜Other ingredients＞ The colored curable resin composition of the present invention may optionally contain fillers, other polymer compounds, adhesion accelerators, antioxidants, light stabilizers, chain transfer agents and other additives known in the technical field. <Production method of colored curable resin composition> The colored curable resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by, for example, using a colorant (A), a resin (B), a polymerizable compound (C), a polymerization initiator (D), and, if necessary, a solvent (E). The leveling agent (F), polymerization starting aid (D1), thiol compound (T) and other components are mixed and prepared. When using the pigment (A2), it is preferably mixed with part or all of the solvent (E) in advance and dispersed using a bead mill or the like until the average particle size of the pigment becomes about 0.2 μm or less. At this time, part or all of the above-mentioned pigment dispersant and resin (B) may also be prepared as necessary. The target colored curable resin composition can be prepared by mixing the remaining components into the pigment dispersion obtained in this way so as to have a specific concentration. The dye (A1) can be dissolved in part or all of the solvent (E) in advance to prepare a solution. It is preferable to filter the solution using a filter with a pore size of about 0.01 to 1 μm. It is preferable to filter the mixed colored curable resin composition using a filter with a pore size of about 0.01 to 10 μm. ＜Manufacturing method of color filter and liquid crystal display device＞ Examples of a method for forming a color filter from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention include photolithography, a method using an inkjet machine, and the like. The photolithography method is, for example, a method in which the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate, volatile components such as solvents are removed and dried to form a colored composition layer, and the colored composition is applied through a photomask. The layer is exposed and developed. After development, heating is performed if necessary to form a colored pattern. In the above method of forming a colored pattern, by not using a photomask and/or not performing development during exposure, a colored coating film that is a cured product of the above colored composition layer can be formed. The colored pattern and colored coating film thus obtained can be used as a color filter. As the substrate, a glass plate, a resin plate, silicon, or a thin film of aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy, etc. formed on the above substrate can be used. Other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors, circuits, etc. can also be formed on the substrates. The film thickness of the produced color filter is not particularly limited and can be appropriately adjusted according to the intended use. For example, it is 0.1 to 30 μm, preferably 1 to 20 μm, and more preferably 1 to 6 μm. The formation of pixels of various colors by photolithography can be carried out using known or customary devices or conditions. For example, it can be produced as follows. First, a colored curable resin composition is applied to a substrate, and volatile components such as solvents are removed by heating and drying (pre-baking) and/or drying under reduced pressure to obtain a smooth colored composition layer. . Examples of coating methods include spin coating, slit coating, slit and spin coating, and the like. Next, the coloring composition layer is exposed through a mask for forming a target coloring pattern. In order to uniformly irradiate the entire exposure surface with parallel light, or to accurately align the mask and the substrate on which the coloring composition layer is formed, it is preferable to use exposure devices such as a mask alignment exposure machine and a stepper exposure machine. . The exposed colored composition layer is developed by contacting it with a developer, thereby forming a colored pattern on the substrate. By development, the unexposed portion of the coloring composition layer is dissolved in the developer and removed. As the developer, for example, an aqueous solution of an alkaline compound such as potassium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, or tetramethylammonium hydroxide is preferred. The development method may be any of liquid coating method, dipping method, spray method, etc. Furthermore, the substrate can be tilted to any angle during development. After development, it is preferred to wash with water. Furthermore, it is preferable to post-bake the obtained colored pattern. According to the colored curable resin composition of the present invention, a color filter having particularly excellent pattern shape can be produced. This color filter is useful as a color filter used in display devices (such as liquid crystal display devices, organic EL devices, electronic paper, etc.) and solid-state imaging devices. [Example] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples. Of course, the present invention can also be implemented with appropriate modifications within the scope that meets the above/described purposes. All of these are included in the present invention. within the technical scope of the invention. In addition, below, unless otherwise specified in advance, "part" means "mass part", and "%" means "mass %". [Synthesis example 1] 15 parts of the mixture of the compound represented by formula (A0-1) and the compound represented by formula (A0-2) (trade name: Chugai Aminol Fast Pink R; manufactured by Chugai Kasei) was put into a flask equipped with a cooling tube and a stirring device. 150 parts of chloroform and 8.9 parts of N,N-dimethylformamide, while maintaining the temperature below 20°C under stirring, add 10.9 parts of thionite chloride dropwise. After the dropwise addition was completed, the temperature was raised to 50°C, maintained at the same temperature for 5 hours to react, and then cooled to 20°C. While maintaining the cooled reaction solution below 20° C. under stirring, a mixture of 12.5 parts of 2-ethylhexylamine and 22.1 parts of triethylamine was added dropwise to the reaction solution. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 5 hours to react. Then, the solvent was distilled off the obtained reaction mixture using a rotary evaporator, and then a small amount of methanol was added to the reaction mixture from which the solvent was distilled off and stirred vigorously. The obtained mixture was added to a mixed solution of 375 parts of ion-exchanged water while stirring to precipitate crystals. The precipitated crystals are separated by filtration, thoroughly washed with ion-exchange water, and dried under reduced pressure at 60° C. to obtain dye (Aa-1) represented by formula (A1-1) to formula (A1-8). mixture of compounds) 11.3 parts. [Chemical 66] [Chemical 67] [Synthesis example 2] Pour nitrogen into the flask equipped with a circulation condenser, dropping funnel and stirrer at a rate of 0.02 L/min to form a nitrogen environment. Add 200 parts by mass of 3-methoxy-1-butanol and 3-methoxybutyl acetate. 105 parts by mass of ester, and heated to 70°C while stirring. Next, 60 parts by mass of methacrylic acid and 3,4-epoxytricyclic acrylic acid [5.2.1.0 2,6] Decyl ester (a mixture of a compound represented by formula (BI-1) and a compound represented by formula (BII-1) in a molar ratio of 50:50) 240 parts by mass was dissolved in 140 parts by weight of 3-methoxybutyl acetate A solution was prepared in parts by mass, and the dissolved solution was added dropwise into a flask insulated at 70° C. using a dropping funnel over 4 hours. On the other hand, 30 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) was dissolved in 3-methoxybutyl acetate over 4 hours using another dropping funnel. 225 parts by mass of the solution was added dropwise to the flask. After the dropwise addition of the polymerization initiator solution was completed, the temperature was maintained at 70°C for 4 hours, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a solid content of 32.6 mass % and an acid value of 110 mg-KOH/g (solid content conversion). Resin B'1 solution. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the obtained resin Aa was 13,400, and the molecular weight distribution was 2.50. [Chemical 68] The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin obtained in the synthesis examples were measured using the GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method under the following conditions. Device: K2479 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) Column: SHIMADZU Shim-pack GPC-80M Tube string temperature: 40℃ Solvent: THF (tetrahydrofuran) Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min Detector: RI Calibration standard materials: TSK polystyrene standards F-40, F-4, F-228, A-2500, A-500 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) The ratio (Mw/Mn) of the polystyrene-converted weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight obtained above was defined as the molecular weight distribution. Examples 1 to 7, Comparative Examples 1 to 6 [Preparation of colored curable resin composition] Each component was mixed so that it might become the composition shown in Table 10, and the colored curable resin composition was obtained. [Table 10] Example Comparative example 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 Colorant(A) Aa-1 share 1.8 1.8 11.8 4.1 4.7 4.5 4.3 1.8 11.8 4.1 4.7 4.5 4.3 P1-1 share 5.1 5.1 21.9 17.4 26.5 25.4 24.3 5.1 21.9 17.4 26.5 25.4 24.3 Acrylic pigment dispersant share 15 15 7.7 2.9 4.4 4.2 4.0 15 7.7 2.9 4.4 4.2 4.0 Resin(B) share 65 65 70 65 65 65 65 65 70 65 65 65 65 Polymeric compound (C) C-1 share 35 35 35 C-2 share 30 35 30 35 C-3 share 35 35 35 35 35 35 Polymerization initiator (D) D-1 share 15 10 26 19 15 10 5 D-2 share 15 26 19 15 10 5 Solvent(E) E-1(Note 1) share 120 135 669 530 535 511 488 120 669 530 535 511 488 Leveling agent(F) share 0.07 0.07 0.12 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.07 0.12 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.10 Solvent(E) E-1(Note 2) share 75 75 286 176 174 168 162 75 286 176 174 168 162 In Table 10, "P1-1" is mixed with an acrylic pigment dispersant and the amount of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate described in "E-1 (Note 2)" and dispersed in advance. The "E-1 (Note 1)" column indicates the total content of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate including (Note 2). Colorant (A): Aa-1: Dye (Aa-1) Colorant (A): P1-1: C.I. Pigment・Blue 15: 6 (pigment) Resin (B): Resin B'1 (solid content conversion) Polymerizable compound (C): C-1: KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Polymerizable compound (C): C-2: NK Ester A-TMM-3LM-N (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Polymerizable compound (C): C-3: NK Ester A-9550 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Polymerization initiator (D): D-1: compound represented by formula (d1-40) [Chemical 69] Polymerization initiator (D): D-2: 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-,2-(O-benzoyl oxime) (trade name Irgacure OXE01, manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) Solvent (E-1): propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Leveling agent (F): polyether modified polysiloxane oil (Toray Silicone SH8400: manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.) The compound represented by the above formula (d1-40) was prepared according to the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-500852. [Formation of coating film 1] A 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning Company) was washed sequentially with neutral detergent, water and alcohol and then dried. The colored curable resin compositions of Examples 1, 2 and Comparative Example 1 obtained above were spin-coated on the glass substrate so that the film thickness after post-baking became 3.0 μm, and then in a clean oven at 190 Pre-bake at ℃ for 3 minutes. Thereafter, it was heated at 230° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a coating film. [Formation of coating film 2] A 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning Company) was washed sequentially with neutral detergent, water and alcohol and then dried. The colored curable resin compositions of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 obtained above were spin-coated on the glass substrate so that the film thickness after post-baking became 2.5 μm, and then in a clean oven. Pre-bake at 190°C for 3 minutes. Thereafter, it was heated at 230° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a coating film. [Pattern making 1] The colors of Examples 1, 2 and Comparative Example 1 were coated on a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle 2000; manufactured by Corning Co., Ltd.) by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking became 2.0 μm. After curing the curable resin composition, it was prebaked at 100° C. for 3 minutes to form a composition layer. After cooling, the distance between the substrate on which the composition layer was formed and the quartz glass photomask was set to 80 μm, and an exposure machine (TME-150RSK; manufactured by TOPCON Co., Ltd.) was used to expose the film at 40 mJ/cm in an atmospheric environment. 2The exposure amount (365 nm standard) is used for light irradiation. In addition, as a photomask, one having a line and space pattern of 50 μm was used. The composition layer after light irradiation was developed by immersing it in an aqueous solution containing 0.12% nonionic surfactant and 0.04% potassium hydroxide at 25°C for 60 seconds. After washing with water, it was developed in an oven at 230°C for 20 seconds. Bake after a few minutes to get the pattern. The film thickness of the obtained pattern was measured using a film thickness measuring device (DEKTAK3; manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.), and the result was confirmed to be 2.0 μm. [Pattern making 2] Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 were coated on a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle 2000; manufactured by Corning Co., Ltd.) by spin coating so that the film thickness after post-baking became 2.5 μm. After the curable resin composition is colored, it is prebaked at 100° C. for 3 minutes to form a composition layer. After cooling, the distance between the substrate on which the composition layer was formed and the quartz glass photomask was set to 80 μm, and an exposure machine (TME-150RSK; manufactured by TOPCON Co., Ltd.) was used to expose the film at 40 mJ/cm in an atmospheric environment. 2The exposure amount (365 nm standard) is used for light irradiation. In addition, as a photomask, one having a line and space pattern of 50 μm was used. The composition layer after light irradiation was developed by immersing it in an aqueous solution containing 0.12% nonionic surfactant and 0.04% potassium hydroxide at 25°C for 60 seconds. After washing with water, it was developed in an oven at 230°C for 20 seconds. Bake after a few minutes to get the pattern. The film thickness of the obtained pattern was measured using a film thickness measuring device (DEKTAK3; manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.). [Coloring pattern shape evaluation 1] The shapes of the colored patterns of Examples 1 and 2 and Comparative Example 1 obtained in Pattern Preparation 1 were observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-4000; manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd., magnification: 10,000 times). In Figure 1, if it is the shape (○) shown in (p1), the inorganic film will tend to be less likely to crack or peel when the inorganic film is laminated on the colored pattern. The results are shown in Table 11. [Coloring pattern shape evaluation 2] The colored patterns obtained from the compositions of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 obtained in Pattern Preparation 2 were manufactured using a scanning electron microscope (S-4000; Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd.). 10,000x magnification) to observe the shape. In Figure 2, if it is the shape (○) shown in (p3), the inorganic film will tend to be less likely to crack or peel when the inorganic film is laminated on the colored pattern. The results are shown in Table 12. ＜Color evaluation＞ The coloring pattern obtained from each composition of Examples 5 to 7 was measured using a colorimeter (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.), and the CIE XYZ colorimetric system was measured using the characteristic function of the C light source. The xy chromaticity coordinates (x, y) and the tristimulus value Y in it. The larger the Y value, the higher the brightness. The results are shown in Table 12. [Table 11] Example Comparative example 1 2 1 pattern shape ○ ○ × [Table 12] Example Comparative example 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 pattern shape ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ × × × × × × Film thickness(μm) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 Chroma x 0.141 0.141 0.142 y 0.076 0.076 0.076 Y 8.00 8.18 8.44 From the above results, it was confirmed that the pattern formed by the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is excellent in pattern shape. From this, it is understood that according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored curable resin composition capable of producing a display device having excellent display characteristics. [Industrial availability] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored curable resin composition capable of forming a good colored pattern. Patterns and coating films obtained from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention serve as transparent films, patterns, photosensitive spacers, protective layers, insulating films, and liquid crystal alignment constituting a part of color filter substrates and/or array substrates. Control protrusions, microlenses, coatings, etc. are useful, and can be suitably used for color filter substrates, array substrates, etc. that have such coating films or patterns as part of their constituent parts, and further have such color filters. Display devices of substrates and/or array substrates, such as liquid crystal display devices, organic EL devices, electronic paper, etc.

圖1(p1)(p2)係說明著色圖案之剖面形狀的概略圖。 圖2(p3)(p4)係說明著色圖案之剖面形狀的概略圖。 1 (p1) (p2) are schematic diagrams illustrating the cross-sectional shape of the coloring pattern. 2 (p3) (p4) are schematic diagrams illustrating the cross-sectional shape of the coloring pattern.

Claims (5)

一種著色硬化性樹脂組合物，其含有著色劑、樹脂、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑，其中 含有染料及顏料作為上述著色劑， 含有𠮿染料作為上述染料， 含有酞菁顏料作為上述顏料， 含有下述式(d1)所表示之化合物作為上述聚合起始劑，並且 含有下述式(1a)所表示之化合物作為𠮿染料， [化1] [式(d1)中， R d1表示可具有取代基之碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、可具有取代基之碳數3～36之雜環基、可具有取代基之碳數1～15之烷基、或可具有取代基之碳數7～33之芳烷基，上述烷基或芳烷基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-N(R d5)-； R d2表示碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、碳數3～36之雜環基、或碳數1～10之烷基； R d3表示可具有取代基之碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數3～36之雜環基； R d4表示可具有取代基之碳數6～18之芳香族烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數1～15之脂肪族烴基，上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-或-S-，上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之次甲基(-CH＜)可被取代為-PO 3＜，上述脂肪族烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為OH基； R d5表示碳數1～10之烷基，該烷基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-或-CO-]， [化2] [式(1a)中，R 1～R 4相互獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數6～10之1價芳香族烴基，該飽和烴基中所含有之亞甲基(-CH 2-)可被取代為-O-、-CO-或-N(R 11)-；R 1及R 2可成為一體而形成含有氮原子之環，R 3及R 4可成為一體而形成含有氮原子之環； R 5表示-OH、-SO 3 -、-SO 3H、-SO 3 -Z +、-CO 2H、-CO 2 -Z +、-CO 2R 8、-SO 3R 8或-SO 2N(R 9)(R 10)； R 6及R 7相互獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6之烷基； m表示0～5之整數；於m為2以上時，複數個R 5可相同亦可不同； a表示0或1之整數； X表示鹵素原子； Z +表示 +N(R 11) 4、Na +或K +，4個R 11可相同亦可不同； R 8表示碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基，該飽和烴基中所含有之氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子； R 9及R 10相互獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基之碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基，該飽和脂肪族烴基中所含有之-CH 2-可被取代為-O-、-CO-、-NH-或-N(R 8)-，R 9及R 10可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子之3～10員環之雜環； R 11表示氫原子、碳數1～20之1價飽和烴基或碳數7～10之芳烷基]。 A colored curable resin composition, which contains a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator, which contains dyes and pigments as the above-mentioned colorants, and contains 𠮿 The dye contains a phthalocyanine pigment as the above-mentioned dye, a compound represented by the following formula (d1) as the above-mentioned polymerization initiator, and a compound represented by the following formula (1a) as the above-mentioned polymerization initiator. Dyes, [Chemical 1] [In formula (d1), R d1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group having 3 to 36 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number 1 to 15 which may have a substituent. an alkyl group, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 33 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, and the methylene group (-CH 2 -) contained in the alkyl group or aralkyl group may be substituted with -O-, -CO -, -S-, -SO 2 -or -N(R d5 )-; R d2 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 18 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic group with 3 to 36 carbon atoms, or an alkane with 1 to 10 carbon atoms. group; R d3 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 18 carbon atoms that may have a substituent, or a heterocyclic group with 3 to 36 carbon atoms that may have a substituent; R d4 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 18 carbon atoms that may have a substituent. An aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the methylene group (-CH 2 -) contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with -O-, -CO- or - S-, the methine group (-CH<) contained in the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group can be substituted with -PO 3 <, the hydrogen atom contained in the above-mentioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group can be substituted with an OH group; R d5 represents the carbon number An alkyl group of 1 to 10, the methylene group (-CH 2 -) contained in the alkyl group may be substituted by -O- or -CO-], [Chemical 2] [In formula (1a), R 1 to R 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a monovalent aromatic group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Family hydrocarbon group, the methylene group (-CH 2 -) contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group can be substituted by -O-, -CO- or -N(R 11 )-; R 1 and R 2 can be integrated to form a group containing For a ring of nitrogen atoms, R 3 and R 4 can be integrated into one to form a ring containing nitrogen atoms; R 5 represents -OH, -SO 3 - , -SO 3 H, -SO 3 - Z + , -CO 2 H, - CO 2 - Z + , -CO 2 R 8 , -SO 3 R 8 or -SO 2 N(R 9 )(R 10 ); R 6 and R 7 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkane with 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Base; m represents an integer from 0 to 5; when m is 2 or more, the plural R 5 may be the same or different; a represents an integer of 0 or 1; X represents a halogen atom; Z + represents + N(R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + , the four R 11 can be the same or different; R 8 represents a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group can be replaced by a halogen atom; R 9 and R 10 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. -CH 2 - contained in the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with -O-, -CO-, -NH- or -N(R 8 )-, R 9 and R 10 can bond with each other to form a 3- to 10-membered heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen atoms; R 11 represents a hydrogen atom and a univalent carbon number of 1 to 20 Saturated hydrocarbon group or aralkyl group with 7 to 10 carbon atoms]. 如請求項1之著色硬化性樹脂組合物，其中顏料之含有率相對於固形物成分之總量為1質量%以上且50質量%以下。The colored curable resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the pigment content is 1 mass % or more and 50 mass % or less based on the total amount of solid components. 如請求項1或2之著色硬化性樹脂組合物，其中聚合起始劑與聚合性化合物之含量比(聚合起始劑/聚合性化合物)以質量基準計為4/1000以上且35/100以下。The colored curable resin composition of claim 1 or 2, wherein the content ratio of the polymerization initiator to the polymerizable compound (polymerization initiator/polymerizable compound) is 4/1000 or more and 35/100 or less on a mass basis. . 一種彩色濾光片，其係由如請求項1至3中任一項之著色硬化性樹脂組合物所形成。A color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3. 一種液晶顯示裝置，其包含如請求項4之彩色濾光片。A liquid crystal display device including the color filter of claim 4.
TW111105079A 2015-03-30 2016-03-28 Colored curable resin composition TWI814247B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015069574 2015-03-30
JP2015-069574 2015-03-30

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202221084A TW202221084A (en) 2022-06-01
TWI814247B true TWI814247B (en) 2023-09-01

Family

ID=57146457

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105109744A TWI764863B (en) 2015-03-30 2016-03-28 Colored curable resin composition
TW111105079A TWI814247B (en) 2015-03-30 2016-03-28 Colored curable resin composition

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105109744A TWI764863B (en) 2015-03-30 2016-03-28 Colored curable resin composition

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (2) JP2016191915A (en)
KR (1) KR102555424B1 (en)
CN (1) CN106094432A (en)
TW (2) TWI764863B (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102555416B1 (en) * 2015-03-30 2023-07-13 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Colored curable resin composition
JP6754591B2 (en) * 2015-03-30 2020-09-16 東友ファインケム株式会社Ｄｏｎｇｗｏｏ Ｆｉｎｅ−Ｃｈｅｍ Ｃｏ．， Ｌｔｄ． Color curable resin composition
EP3522243A4 (en) 2016-09-29 2019-10-23 FUJIFILM Corporation Composition for forming organic semiconductor film, organic semiconductor film and method for producing same, and organic semiconductor element
JP6931575B2 (en) * 2016-11-16 2021-09-08 東友ファインケム株式会社Ｄｏｎｇｗｏｏ Ｆｉｎｅ−Ｃｈｅｍ Ｃｏ．， Ｌｔｄ． Coloring composition, coloring curable resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device
CN108663902B (en) * 2017-03-27 2023-05-09 东友精细化工有限公司 Colored resin composition, color filter and display device
TW201908362A (en) * 2017-06-15 2019-03-01 學校法人東京理科大學 Curable resin composition, cured product, concave-convex structure and manufacturing method thereof
JP6917950B2 (en) * 2017-08-23 2021-08-11 東友ファインケム株式会社Ｄｏｎｇｗｏｏ Ｆｉｎｅ−Ｃｈｅｍ Ｃｏ．， Ｌｔｄ． Color curable resin composition, color filter, and display device
JP7315330B2 (en) * 2018-02-06 2023-07-26 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
WO2020170944A1 (en) * 2019-02-18 2020-08-27 住友化学株式会社 Colored curable resin composition, color filter, and display device

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011138094A (en) * 2009-12-01 2011-07-14 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Blue colored composition for color filter and color filter
CN103153952A (en) * 2010-10-05 2013-06-12 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Oxime ester derivatives of benzocarbazole compounds and their use as photoinitiators in photopolymerizable compositions

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008250295A (en) * 2007-03-05 2008-10-16 Fujifilm Corp Coloring photosensitive composition for color filter, color filter, method for manufacturing composition, and liquid crystal display device
JP5504627B2 (en) 2008-07-01 2014-05-28 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
TWI512397B (en) * 2009-06-24 2015-12-11 Sumitomo Chemical Co Coloring the fake composition
JP2012215850A (en) * 2011-03-30 2012-11-08 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
JP5938772B2 (en) * 2012-12-12 2016-06-22 東洋インキＳｃホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011138094A (en) * 2009-12-01 2011-07-14 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Blue colored composition for color filter and color filter
CN103153952A (en) * 2010-10-05 2013-06-12 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Oxime ester derivatives of benzocarbazole compounds and their use as photoinitiators in photopolymerizable compositions

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106094432A (en) 2016-11-09
JP2020024448A (en) 2020-02-13
TW201700630A (en) 2017-01-01
KR20160117265A (en) 2016-10-10
TWI764863B (en) 2022-05-21
JP6928634B2 (en) 2021-09-01
TW202221084A (en) 2022-06-01
JP2016191915A (en) 2016-11-10
KR102555424B1 (en) 2023-07-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI814247B (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI707001B (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI544035B (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI733945B (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition and display device including the color filter
JP2013144724A (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI738797B (en) Compound, colored curable resin composition, color filter and display device
JP6019596B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
CN106019840B (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI602021B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device
TWI770053B (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter, and display device
TW201736956A (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter and display device wherein a xanthene compound (A-1) is a compound having a cation (AXa) and an anion (AXb)
TWI748947B (en) Coloring curable resin composition
TWI832828B (en) Blue curable resin composition, blue color filter and display device containing the same
TWI746612B (en) Compound, coloring composition, fiber material, color filter and display device
JP6047885B2 (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6754591B2 (en) Color curable resin composition
TWI816003B (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter and display device
JPWO2020170944A1 (en) Color curable resin composition, color filter and display device
TWI815989B (en) Colored curable resin compositions, color filters, display elements and solid-state imaging elements
KR20210146343A (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter, and solid-state image sensor